pragma solidity ^0.4.17;

/**
 * @title SafeMath
 * @dev Math operations with safety checks that throw on error
 */
library SafeMath {
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }
        uint256 c = a * b;
        assert(c / a == b);
        return c;
    }

    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // assert(b > 0); // Solidity automatically throws when dividing by 0
        uint256 c = a / b;
        // assert(a == b * c + a % b); // There is no case in which this doesn't hold
        return c;
    }

    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        assert(b <= a);
        return a - b;
    }

    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        assert(c >= a);
        return c;
    }
}

/**
 * @title Ownable
 * @dev The Ownable contract has an owner address, and provides basic authorization control
 * functions, this simplifies the implementation of "user permissions".
 */
contract Ownable {
    address public owner;

    /**
      * @dev The Ownable constructor sets the original `owner` of the contract to the sender
      * account.
      */
    function Ownable() public {
        owner = msg.sender;
    }

    /**
      * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
      */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(msg.sender == owner);
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
    * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
    */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyOwner {
        if (newOwner != address(0)) {
            owner = newOwner;
        }
    }

}

/**
 * @title ERC20Basic
 * @dev Simpler version of ERC20 interface
 * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 */
contract ERC20Basic {
    uint public _totalSupply;
    function totalSupply() public constant returns (uint);
    function balanceOf(address who) public constant returns (uint);
    function transfer(address to, uint value) public;
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);
}

/**
 * @title ERC20 interface
 * @dev see https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 */
contract ERC20 is ERC20Basic {
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public constant returns (uint);
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) public;
    function approve(address spender, uint value) public;
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
}

/**
 * @title Basic token
 * @dev Basic version of StandardToken, with no allowances.
 */
contract BasicToken is Ownable, ERC20Basic {
    using SafeMath for uint;

    mapping(address => uint) public balances;

    // additional variables for use if transaction fees ever became necessary
    uint public basisPointsRate = 0;
    uint public maximumFee = 0;

    /**
    * @dev Fix for the ERC20 short address attack.
    */
    modifier onlyPayloadSize(uint size) {
        require(!(msg.data.length < size + 4));
        _;
    }

    /**
    * @dev transfer token for a specified address
    * @param _to The address to transfer to.
    * @param _value The amount to be transferred.
    */
    function transfer(address _to, uint _value) public onlyPayloadSize(2 * 32) {
        uint fee = (_value.mul(basisPointsRate)).div(10000);
        if (fee > maximumFee) {
            fee = maximumFee;
        }
        uint sendAmount = _value.sub(fee);
        balances[msg.sender] = balances[msg.sender].sub(_value);
        balances[_to] = balances[_to].add(sendAmount);
        if (fee > 0) {
            balances[owner] = balances[owner].add(fee);
            Transfer(msg.sender, owner, fee);
        }
        Transfer(msg.sender, _to, sendAmount);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Gets the balance of the specified address.
    * @param _owner The address to query the the balance of.
    * @return An uint representing the amount owned by the passed address.
    */
    function balanceOf(address _owner) public constant returns (uint balance) {
        return balances[_owner];
    }

}

/**
 * @title Standard ERC20 token
 *
 * @dev Implementation of the basic standard token.
 * @dev https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20
 * @dev Based oncode by FirstBlood: https://github.com/Firstbloodio/token/blob/master/smart_contract/FirstBloodToken.sol
 */
contract StandardToken is BasicToken, ERC20 {

    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint)) public allowed;

    uint public constant MAX_UINT = 2**256 - 1;

    /**
    * @dev Transfer tokens from one address to another
    * @param _from address The address which you want to send tokens from
    * @param _to address The address which you want to transfer to
    * @param _value uint the amount of tokens to be transferred
    */
    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint _value) public onlyPayloadSize(3 * 32) {
        var _allowance = allowed[_from][msg.sender];

        // Check is not needed because sub(_allowance, _value) will already throw if this condition is not met
        // if (_value > _allowance) throw;

        uint fee = (_value.mul(basisPointsRate)).div(10000);
        if (fee > maximumFee) {
            fee = maximumFee;
        }
        if (_allowance < MAX_UINT) {
            allowed[_from][msg.sender] = _allowance.sub(_value);
        }
        uint sendAmount = _value.sub(fee);
        balances[_from] = balances[_from].sub(_value);
        balances[_to] = balances[_to].add(sendAmount);
        if (fee > 0) {
            balances[owner] = balances[owner].add(fee);
            Transfer(_from, owner, fee);
        }
        Transfer(_from, _to, sendAmount);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Approve the passed address to spend the specified amount of tokens on behalf of msg.sender.
    * @param _spender The address which will spend the funds.
    * @param _value The amount of tokens to be spent.
    */
    function approve(address _spender, uint _value) public onlyPayloadSize(2 * 32) {

        // To change the approve amount you first have to reduce the addresses`
        //  allowance to zero by calling `approve(_spender, 0)` if it is not
        //  already 0 to mitigate the race condition described here:
        //  https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
        require(!((_value != 0) && (allowed[msg.sender][_spender] != 0)));

        allowed[msg.sender][_spender] = _value;
        Approval(msg.sender, _spender, _value);
    }

    /**
    * @dev Function to check the amount of tokens than an owner allowed to a spender.
    * @param _owner address The address which owns the funds.
    * @param _spender address The address which will spend the funds.
    * @return A uint specifying the amount of tokens still available for the spender.
    */
    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public constant returns (uint remaining) {
        return allowed[_owner][_spender];
    }

}


/**
 * @title Pausable
 * @dev Base contract which allows children to implement an emergency stop mechanism.
 */
contract Pausable is Ownable {
  event Pause();
  event Unpause();

  bool public paused = false;


  /**
   * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
   */
  modifier whenNotPaused() {
    require(!paused);
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
   */
  modifier whenPaused() {
    require(paused);
    _;
  }

  /**
   * @dev called by the owner to pause, triggers stopped state
   */
  function pause() onlyOwner whenNotPaused public {
    paused = true;
    Pause();
  }

  /**
   * @dev called by the owner to unpause, returns to normal state
   */
  function unpause() onlyOwner whenPaused public {
    paused = false;
    Unpause();
  }
}

contract BlackList is Ownable, BasicToken {

    /////// Getters to allow the same blacklist to be used also by other contracts (including upgraded Tether) ///////
    function getBlackListStatus(address _maker) external constant returns (bool) {
        return isBlackListed[_maker];
    }

    function getOwner() external constant returns (address) {
        return owner;
    }

    mapping (address => bool) public isBlackListed;
    
    function addBlackList (address _evilUser) public onlyOwner {
        isBlackListed[_evilUser] = true;
        AddedBlackList(_evilUser);
    }

    function removeBlackList (address _clearedUser) public onlyOwner {
        isBlackListed[_clearedUser] = false;
        RemovedBlackList(_clearedUser);
    }

    function destroyBlackFunds (address _blackListedUser) public onlyOwner {
        require(isBlackListed[_blackListedUser]);
        uint dirtyFunds = balanceOf(_blackListedUser);
        balances[_blackListedUser] = 0;
        _totalSupply -= dirtyFunds;
        DestroyedBlackFunds(_blackListedUser, dirtyFunds);
    }

    event DestroyedBlackFunds(address _blackListedUser, uint _balance);

    event AddedBlackList(address _user);

    event RemovedBlackList(address _user);

}

contract UpgradedStandardToken is StandardToken{
    // those methods are called by the legacy contract
    // and they must ensure msg.sender to be the contract address
    function transferByLegacy(address from, address to, uint value) public;
    function transferFromByLegacy(address sender, address from, address spender, uint value) public;
    function approveByLegacy(address from, address spender, uint value) public;
}

contract TetherToken is Pausable, StandardToken, BlackList {

    string public name;
    string public symbol;
    uint public decimals;
    address public upgradedAddress;
    bool public deprecated;

    //  The contract can be initialized with a number of tokens
    //  All the tokens are deposited to the owner address
    //
    // @param _balance Initial supply of the contract
    // @param _name Token Name
    // @param _symbol Token symbol
    // @param _decimals Token decimals
    function TetherToken(uint _initialSupply, string _name, string _symbol, uint _decimals) public {
        _totalSupply = _initialSupply;
        name = _name;
        symbol = _symbol;
        decimals = _decimals;
        balances[owner] = _initialSupply;
        deprecated = false;
    }

    // Forward ERC20 methods to upgraded contract if this one is deprecated
    function transfer(address _to, uint _value) public whenNotPaused {
        require(!isBlackListed[msg.sender]);
        if (deprecated) {
            return UpgradedStandardToken(upgradedAddress).transferByLegacy(msg.sender, _to, _value);
        } else {
            return super.transfer(_to, _value);
        }
    }

    // Forward ERC20 methods to upgraded contract if this one is deprecated
    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint _value) public whenNotPaused {
        require(!isBlackListed[_from]);
        if (deprecated) {
            return UpgradedStandardToken(upgradedAddress).transferFromByLegacy(msg.sender, _from, _to, _value);
        } else {
            return super.transferFrom(_from, _to, _value);
        }
    }

    // Forward ERC20 methods to upgraded contract if this one is deprecated
    function balanceOf(address who) public constant returns (uint) {
        if (deprecated) {
            return UpgradedStandardToken(upgradedAddress).balanceOf(who);
        } else {
            return super.balanceOf(who);
        }
    }

    // Forward ERC20 methods to upgraded contract if this one is deprecated
    function approve(address _spender, uint _value) public onlyPayloadSize(2 * 32) {
        if (deprecated) {
            return UpgradedStandardToken(upgradedAddress).approveByLegacy(msg.sender, _spender, _value);
        } else {
            return super.approve(_spender, _value);
        }
    }

    // Forward ERC20 methods to upgraded contract if this one is deprecated
    function allowance(address _owner, address _spender) public constant returns (uint remaining) {
        if (deprecated) {
            return StandardToken(upgradedAddress).allowance(_owner, _spender);
        } else {
            return super.allowance(_owner, _spender);
        }
    }

    // deprecate current contract in favour of a new one
    function deprecate(address _upgradedAddress) public onlyOwner {
        deprecated = true;
        upgradedAddress = _upgradedAddress;
        Deprecate(_upgradedAddress);
    }

    // deprecate current contract if favour of a new one
    function totalSupply() public constant returns (uint) {
        if (deprecated) {
            return StandardToken(upgradedAddress).totalSupply();
        } else {
            return _totalSupply;
        }
    }

    // Issue a new amount of tokens
    // these tokens are deposited into the owner address
    //
    // @param _amount Number of tokens to be issued
    function issue(uint amount) public onlyOwner {
        require(_totalSupply + amount > _totalSupply);
        require(balances[owner] + amount > balances[owner]);

        balances[owner] += amount;
        _totalSupply += amount;
        Issue(amount);
    }

    // Redeem tokens.
    // These tokens are withdrawn from the owner address
    // if the balance must be enough to cover the redeem
    // or the call will fail.
    // @param _amount Number of tokens to be issued
    function redeem(uint amount) public onlyOwner {
        require(_totalSupply >= amount);
        require(balances[owner] >= amount);

        _totalSupply -= amount;
        balances[owner] -= amount;
        Redeem(amount);
    }

    function setParams(uint newBasisPoints, uint newMaxFee) public onlyOwner {
        // Ensure transparency by hardcoding limit beyond which fees can never be added
        require(newBasisPoints < 20);
        require(newMaxFee < 50);

        basisPointsRate = newBasisPoints;
        maximumFee = newMaxFee.mul(10**decimals);

        Params(basisPointsRate, maximumFee);
    }

    // Called when new token are issued
    event Issue(uint amount);

    // Called when tokens are redeemed
    event Redeem(uint amount);

    // Called when contract is deprecated
    event Deprecate(address newAddress);

    // Called if contract ever adds fees
    event Params(uint feeBasisPoints, uint maxFee);
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
interface IPancakeV3LmPool {
  function accumulateReward(uint32 currTimestamp) external;
  function crossLmTick(int24 tick, bool zeroForOne) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Callback for IPancakeV3PoolActions#flash
/// @notice Any contract that calls IPancakeV3PoolActions#flash must implement this interface
interface IPancakeV3FlashCallback {
    /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after transferring to the recipient from IPancakeV3Pool#flash.
    /// @dev In the implementation you must repay the pool the tokens sent by flash plus the computed fee amounts.
    /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a PancakeV3Pool deployed by the canonical PancakeV3Factory.
    /// @param fee0 The fee amount in token0 due to the pool by the end of the flash
    /// @param fee1 The fee amount in token1 due to the pool by the end of the flash
    /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IPancakeV3PoolActions#flash call
    function pancakeV3FlashCallback(
        uint256 fee0,
        uint256 fee1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Callback for IPancakeV3PoolActions#mint
/// @notice Any contract that calls IPancakeV3PoolActions#mint must implement this interface
interface IPancakeV3MintCallback {
    /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after minting liquidity to a position from IPancakeV3Pool#mint.
    /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the minted liquidity.
    /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a PancakeV3Pool deployed by the canonical PancakeV3Factory.
    /// @param amount0Owed The amount of token0 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1Owed The amount of token1 due to the pool for the minted liquidity
    /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IPancakeV3PoolActions#mint call
    function pancakeV3MintCallback(
        uint256 amount0Owed,
        uint256 amount1Owed,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Callback for IPancakeV3PoolActions#swap
/// @notice Any contract that calls IPancakeV3PoolActions#swap must implement this interface
interface IPancakeV3SwapCallback {
    /// @notice Called to `msg.sender` after executing a swap via IPancakeV3Pool#swap.
    /// @dev In the implementation you must pay the pool tokens owed for the swap.
    /// The caller of this method must be checked to be a PancakeV3Pool deployed by the canonical PancakeV3Factory.
    /// amount0Delta and amount1Delta can both be 0 if no tokens were swapped.
    /// @param amount0Delta The amount of token0 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
    /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token0 to the pool.
    /// @param amount1Delta The amount of token1 that was sent (negative) or must be received (positive) by the pool by
    /// the end of the swap. If positive, the callback must send that amount of token1 to the pool.
    /// @param data Any data passed through by the caller via the IPancakeV3PoolActions#swap call
    function pancakeV3SwapCallback(
        int256 amount0Delta,
        int256 amount1Delta,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Minimal ERC20 interface for PancakeSwap
/// @notice Contains a subset of the full ERC20 interface that is used in PancakeSwap V3
interface IERC20Minimal {
    /// @notice Returns the balance of a token
    /// @param account The account for which to look up the number of tokens it has, i.e. its balance
    /// @return The number of tokens held by the account
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Transfers the amount of token from the `msg.sender` to the recipient
    /// @param recipient The account that will receive the amount transferred
    /// @param amount The number of tokens to send from the sender to the recipient
    /// @return Returns true for a successful transfer, false for an unsuccessful transfer
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /// @notice Returns the current allowance given to a spender by an owner
    /// @param owner The account of the token owner
    /// @param spender The account of the token spender
    /// @return The current allowance granted by `owner` to `spender`
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Sets the allowance of a spender from the `msg.sender` to the value `amount`
    /// @param spender The account which will be allowed to spend a given amount of the owners tokens
    /// @param amount The amount of tokens allowed to be used by `spender`
    /// @return Returns true for a successful approval, false for unsuccessful
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /// @notice Transfers `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` up to the allowance given to the `msg.sender`
    /// @param sender The account from which the transfer will be initiated
    /// @param recipient The recipient of the transfer
    /// @param amount The amount of the transfer
    /// @return Returns true for a successful transfer, false for unsuccessful
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
    /// @notice Event emitted when tokens are transferred from one address to another, either via `#transfer` or `#transferFrom`.
    /// @param from The account from which the tokens were sent, i.e. the balance decreased
    /// @param to The account to which the tokens were sent, i.e. the balance increased
    /// @param value The amount of tokens that were transferred
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /// @notice Event emitted when the approval amount for the spender of a given owner's tokens changes.
    /// @param owner The account that approved spending of its tokens
    /// @param spender The account for which the spending allowance was modified
    /// @param value The new allowance from the owner to the spender
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title The interface for the PancakeSwap V3 Factory
/// @notice The PancakeSwap V3 Factory facilitates creation of PancakeSwap V3 pools and control over the protocol fees
interface IPancakeV3Factory {
    struct TickSpacingExtraInfo {
        bool whitelistRequested;
        bool enabled;
    }
    /// @notice Emitted when the owner of the factory is changed
    /// @param oldOwner The owner before the owner was changed
    /// @param newOwner The owner after the owner was changed
    event OwnerChanged(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @notice Emitted when a pool is created
    /// @param token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
    /// @param pool The address of the created pool
    event PoolCreated(
        address indexed token0,
        address indexed token1,
        uint24 indexed fee,
        int24 tickSpacing,
        address pool
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a new fee amount is enabled for pool creation via the factory
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks for pools created with the given fee
    event FeeAmountEnabled(uint24 indexed fee, int24 indexed tickSpacing);
    event FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(uint24 indexed fee, bool whitelistRequested, bool enabled);
    event WhiteListAdded(address indexed user, bool verified);
    /// @notice Emitted when LM pool deployer is set
    event SetLmPoolDeployer(address indexed lmPoolDeployer);
    /// @notice Returns the current owner of the factory
    /// @dev Can be changed by the current owner via setOwner
    /// @return The address of the factory owner
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Returns the tick spacing for a given fee amount, if enabled, or 0 if not enabled
    /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function feeAmountTickSpacing(uint24 fee) external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice Returns the tick spacing extra info
    /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
    /// @return whitelistRequested The flag whether should be created by white list users only
    function feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo(uint24 fee) external view returns (bool whitelistRequested, bool enabled);
    /// @notice Returns the pool address for a given pair of tokens and a fee, or address 0 if it does not exist
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either token0/token1 or token1/token0 order
    /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
    /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return pool The pool address
    function getPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external view returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Creates a pool for the given two tokens and fee
    /// @param tokenA One of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param tokenB The other of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param fee The desired fee for the pool
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either order: token0/token1 or token1/token0. tickSpacing is retrieved
    /// from the fee. The call will revert if the pool already exists, the fee is invalid, or the token arguments
    /// are invalid.
    /// @return pool The address of the newly created pool
    function createPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Updates the owner of the factory
    /// @dev Must be called by the current owner
    /// @param _owner The new owner of the factory
    function setOwner(address _owner) external;
    /// @notice Enables a fee amount with the given tickSpacing
    /// @dev Fee amounts may never be removed once enabled
    /// @param fee The fee amount to enable, denominated in hundredths of a bip (i.e. 1e-6)
    /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between ticks to be enforced for all pools created with the given fee amount
    function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) external;
    /// @notice Set an address into white list
    /// @dev Address can be updated by owner with boolean value false
    /// @param user The user address that add into white list
    function setWhiteListAddress(address user, bool verified) external;
    /// @notice Set a fee amount extra info
    /// @dev Fee amounts can be updated by owner with extra info
    /// @param whitelistRequested The flag whether should be created by owner only
    /// @param enabled The flag is the fee is enabled or not
    function setFeeAmountExtraInfo(
        uint24 fee,
        bool whitelistRequested,
        bool enabled
    ) external;
    function setLmPoolDeployer(address _lmPoolDeployer) external;
    function setFeeProtocol(address pool, uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external;
    function collectProtocol(
        address pool,
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    function setLmPool(address pool, address lmPool) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolImmutables.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolState.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolActions.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolEvents.sol';
/// @title The interface for a PancakeSwap V3 Pool
/// @notice A PancakeSwap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
/// to the ERC20 specification
/// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
interface IPancakeV3Pool is
    IPancakeV3PoolImmutables,
    IPancakeV3PoolState,
    IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState,
    IPancakeV3PoolActions,
    IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions,
    IPancakeV3PoolEvents
{
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title An interface for a contract that is capable of deploying PancakeSwap V3 Pools
/// @notice A contract that constructs a pool must implement this to pass arguments to the pool
/// @dev This is used to avoid having constructor arguments in the pool contract, which results in the init code hash
/// of the pool being constant allowing the CREATE2 address of the pool to be cheaply computed on-chain
interface IPancakeV3PoolDeployer {
    /// @notice Get the parameters to be used in constructing the pool, set transiently during pool creation.
    /// @dev Called by the pool constructor to fetch the parameters of the pool
    /// Returns factory The factory address
    /// Returns token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
    /// Returns token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
    /// Returns fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// Returns tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
    function parameters()
        external
        view
        returns (
            address factory,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickSpacing
        );
    function deploy(
        address factory,
        address token0,
        address token1,
        uint24 fee,
        int24 tickSpacing
    ) external returns (address pool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissionless pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
interface IPancakeV3PoolActions {
    /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
    /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
    function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
    /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3MintCallback#pancakeV3MintCallback
    /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
    /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
    /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
    /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    function mint(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
    /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
    /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
    /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
    /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
    /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
    /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
    /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
    function burn(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3SwapCallback#pancakeV3SwapCallback
    /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
    /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
    /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
    /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
    /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
    /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3FlashCallback#pancakeV3FlashCallback
    /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
    /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
    /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    function flash(
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
    /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
    /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
    function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that is not stored
/// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
/// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
interface IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState {
    /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
    /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
    /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
    /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
    /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
    /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
    /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
    /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
    /// timestamp
    function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
        external
        view
        returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
    /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
    /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
    /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
    /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
    /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
        external
        view
        returns (
            int56 tickCumulativeInside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
            uint32 secondsInside
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Events emitted by a pool
/// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
interface IPancakeV3PoolEvents {
    /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
    /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
    /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
    event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
    /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
    /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
    /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
    event Mint(
        address sender,
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
    /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
    event Collect(
        address indexed owner,
        address recipient,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0,
        uint128 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
    /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
    event Burn(
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
    /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
    /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
    /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
    /// @param protocolFeesToken0 The protocol fee of token0 in the swap
    /// @param protocolFeesToken1 The protocol fee of token1 in the swap
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        int256 amount0,
        int256 amount1,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        int24 tick,
        uint128 protocolFeesToken0,
        uint128 protocolFeesToken1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
    /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
    /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
    event Flash(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        uint256 paid0,
        uint256 paid1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
    /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
    /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
    event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
    event SetFeeProtocol(
        uint32 feeProtocol0Old,
        uint32 feeProtocol1Old,
        uint32 feeProtocol0New,
        uint32 feeProtocol1New
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
    /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
    /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that never changes
/// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
interface IPancakeV3PoolImmutables {
    /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IPancakeV3Factory interface
    /// @return The contract address
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
    /// @return The fee
    function fee() external view returns (uint24);
    /// @notice The pool tick spacing
    /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
    /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
    /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
    /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
    /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
    /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
    function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissioned pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
interface IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions {
    /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
    /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
    function setFeeProtocol(uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external;
    /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
    /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
    /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
    /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
    /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
    function collectProtocol(
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Set the LM pool to enable liquidity mining
    function setLmPool(address lmPool) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that can change
/// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
/// per transaction
interface IPancakeV3PoolState {
    /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
    /// when accessed externally.
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
    /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
    /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
    /// boundary.
    /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
    /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
    /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
    /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
    /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
    /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
    /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
    function slot0()
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
            int24 tick,
            uint16 observationIndex,
            uint16 observationCardinality,
            uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
            uint32 feeProtocol,
            bool unlocked
        );
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
    /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
    function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
    /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
    /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
    function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
    /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
    /// @param tick The tick to look up
    /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
    /// tick upper,
    /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
    /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
    /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
    /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
    /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
    /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
    /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
    /// a specific position.
    function ticks(int24 tick)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 liquidityGross,
            int128 liquidityNet,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
            int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
            uint32 secondsOutside,
            bool initialized
        );
    /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
    function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
    /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
    /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
    function positions(bytes32 key)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 _liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
    /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
    /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
    /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
    /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
    /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
    function observations(uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint32 blockTimestamp,
            int56 tickCumulative,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
            bool initialized
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title BitMath
/// @dev This library provides functionality for computing bit properties of an unsigned integer
library BitMath {
    /// @notice Returns the index of the most significant bit of the number,
    ///     where the least significant bit is at index 0 and the most significant bit is at index 255
    /// @dev The function satisfies the property:
    ///     x >= 2**mostSignificantBit(x) and x < 2**(mostSignificantBit(x)+1)
    /// @param x the value for which to compute the most significant bit, must be greater than 0
    /// @return r the index of the most significant bit
    function mostSignificantBit(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint8 r) {
        require(x > 0);
        if (x >= 0x100000000000000000000000000000000) {
            x >>= 128;
            r += 128;
        }
        if (x >= 0x10000000000000000) {
            x >>= 64;
            r += 64;
        }
        if (x >= 0x100000000) {
            x >>= 32;
            r += 32;
        }
        if (x >= 0x10000) {
            x >>= 16;
            r += 16;
        }
        if (x >= 0x100) {
            x >>= 8;
            r += 8;
        }
        if (x >= 0x10) {
            x >>= 4;
            r += 4;
        }
        if (x >= 0x4) {
            x >>= 2;
            r += 2;
        }
        if (x >= 0x2) r += 1;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the index of the least significant bit of the number,
    ///     where the least significant bit is at index 0 and the most significant bit is at index 255
    /// @dev The function satisfies the property:
    ///     (x & 2**leastSignificantBit(x)) != 0 and (x & (2**(leastSignificantBit(x)) - 1)) == 0)
    /// @param x the value for which to compute the least significant bit, must be greater than 0
    /// @return r the index of the least significant bit
    function leastSignificantBit(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint8 r) {
        require(x > 0);
        r = 255;
        if (x & type(uint128).max > 0) {
            r -= 128;
        } else {
            x >>= 128;
        }
        if (x & type(uint64).max > 0) {
            r -= 64;
        } else {
            x >>= 64;
        }
        if (x & type(uint32).max > 0) {
            r -= 32;
        } else {
            x >>= 32;
        }
        if (x & type(uint16).max > 0) {
            r -= 16;
        } else {
            x >>= 16;
        }
        if (x & type(uint8).max > 0) {
            r -= 8;
        } else {
            x >>= 8;
        }
        if (x & 0xf > 0) {
            r -= 4;
        } else {
            x >>= 4;
        }
        if (x & 0x3 > 0) {
            r -= 2;
        } else {
            x >>= 2;
        }
        if (x & 0x1 > 0) r -= 1;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint128
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
library FixedPoint128 {
    uint256 internal constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint96
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
/// @dev Used in SqrtPriceMath.sol
library FixedPoint96 {
    uint8 internal constant RESOLUTION = 96;
    uint256 internal constant Q96 = 0x1000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0 <0.8.0;
/// @title Contains 512-bit math functions
/// @notice Facilitates multiplication and division that can have overflow of an intermediate value without any loss of precision
/// @dev Handles "phantom overflow" i.e., allows multiplication and division where an intermediate value overflows 256 bits
library FullMath {
    /// @notice Calculates floor(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    /// @dev Credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = a * b
        // Compute the product mod 2**256 and mod 2**256 - 1
        // then use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct
        // the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
        // variables such that product = prod1 * 2**256 + prod0
        uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
        uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
        assembly {
            let mm := mulmod(a, b, not(0))
            prod0 := mul(a, b)
            prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
        }
        // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division
        if (prod1 == 0) {
            require(denominator > 0);
            assembly {
                result := div(prod0, denominator)
            }
            return result;
        }
        // Make sure the result is less than 2**256.
        // Also prevents denominator == 0
        require(denominator > prod1);
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // 512 by 256 division.
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]
        // Compute remainder using mulmod
        uint256 remainder;
        assembly {
            remainder := mulmod(a, b, denominator)
        }
        // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number
        assembly {
            prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
            prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
        }
        // Factor powers of two out of denominator
        // Compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
        // Always >= 1.
        uint256 twos = -denominator & denominator;
        // Divide denominator by power of two
        assembly {
            denominator := div(denominator, twos)
        }
        // Divide [prod1 prod0] by the factors of two
        assembly {
            prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
        }
        // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. For this we need
        // to flip `twos` such that it is 2**256 / twos.
        // If twos is zero, then it becomes one
        assembly {
            twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
        }
        prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
        // Invert denominator mod 2**256
        // Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse
        // modulo 2**256 such that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**256.
        // Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct
        // correct for four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**4
        uint256 inv = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
        // Now use Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision.
        // Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works in modular
        // arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**8
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**16
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**32
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**64
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**128
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**256
        // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying
        // with the modular inverse of denominator. This will give us the
        // correct result modulo 2**256. Since the precoditions guarantee
        // that the outcome is less than 2**256, this is the final result.
        // We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
        // is no longer required.
        result = prod0 * inv;
        return result;
    }
    /// @notice Calculates ceil(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    function mulDivRoundingUp(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        result = mulDiv(a, b, denominator);
        if (mulmod(a, b, denominator) > 0) {
            require(result < type(uint256).max);
            result++;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Math library for liquidity
library LiquidityMath {
    /// @notice Add a signed liquidity delta to liquidity and revert if it overflows or underflows
    /// @param x The liquidity before change
    /// @param y The delta by which liquidity should be changed
    /// @return z The liquidity delta
    function addDelta(uint128 x, int128 y) internal pure returns (uint128 z) {
        if (y < 0) {
            require((z = x - uint128(-y)) < x, 'LS');
        } else {
            require((z = x + uint128(y)) >= x, 'LA');
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.0;
/// @title Optimized overflow and underflow safe math operations
/// @notice Contains methods for doing math operations that revert on overflow or underflow for minimal gas cost
library LowGasSafeMath {
    /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if sum overflows uint256
    /// @param x The augend
    /// @param y The addend
    /// @return z The sum of x and y
    function add(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        require((z = x + y) >= x);
    }
    /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if underflows
    /// @param x The minuend
    /// @param y The subtrahend
    /// @return z The difference of x and y
    function sub(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        require((z = x - y) <= x);
    }
    /// @notice Returns x * y, reverts if overflows
    /// @param x The multiplicand
    /// @param y The multiplier
    /// @return z The product of x and y
    function mul(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        require(x == 0 || (z = x * y) / x == y);
    }
    /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if overflows or underflows
    /// @param x The augend
    /// @param y The addend
    /// @return z The sum of x and y
    function add(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
        require((z = x + y) >= x == (y >= 0));
    }
    /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if overflows or underflows
    /// @param x The minuend
    /// @param y The subtrahend
    /// @return z The difference of x and y
    function sub(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
        require((z = x - y) <= x == (y >= 0));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.8.0;
/// @title Oracle
/// @notice Provides price and liquidity data useful for a wide variety of system designs
/// @dev Instances of stored oracle data, "observations", are collected in the oracle array
/// Every pool is initialized with an oracle array length of 1. Anyone can pay the SSTOREs to increase the
/// maximum length of the oracle array. New slots will be added when the array is fully populated.
/// Observations are overwritten when the full length of the oracle array is populated.
/// The most recent observation is available, independent of the length of the oracle array, by passing 0 to observe()
library Oracle {
    struct Observation {
        // the block timestamp of the observation
        uint32 blockTimestamp;
        // the tick accumulator, i.e. tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized
        int56 tickCumulative;
        // the seconds per liquidity, i.e. seconds elapsed / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
        // whether or not the observation is initialized
        bool initialized;
    }
    /// @notice Transforms a previous observation into a new observation, given the passage of time and the current tick and liquidity values
    /// @dev blockTimestamp _must_ be chronologically equal to or greater than last.blockTimestamp, safe for 0 or 1 overflows
    /// @param last The specified observation to be transformed
    /// @param blockTimestamp The timestamp of the new observation
    /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the new observation
    /// @param liquidity The total in-range liquidity at the time of the new observation
    /// @return Observation The newly populated observation
    function transform(
        Observation memory last,
        uint32 blockTimestamp,
        int24 tick,
        uint128 liquidity
    ) private pure returns (Observation memory) {
        uint32 delta = blockTimestamp - last.blockTimestamp;
        return
            Observation({
                blockTimestamp: blockTimestamp,
                tickCumulative: last.tickCumulative + int56(tick) * delta,
                secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: last.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 +
                    ((uint160(delta) << 128) / (liquidity > 0 ? liquidity : 1)),
                initialized: true
            });
    }
    /// @notice Initialize the oracle array by writing the first slot. Called once for the lifecycle of the observations array
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param time The time of the oracle initialization, via block.timestamp truncated to uint32
    /// @return cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
    /// @return cardinalityNext The new length of the oracle array, independent of population
    function initialize(Observation[65535] storage self, uint32 time)
        internal
        returns (uint16 cardinality, uint16 cardinalityNext)
    {
        self[0] = Observation({
            blockTimestamp: time,
            tickCumulative: 0,
            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: 0,
            initialized: true
        });
        return (1, 1);
    }
    /// @notice Writes an oracle observation to the array
    /// @dev Writable at most once per block. Index represents the most recently written element. cardinality and index must be tracked externally.
    /// If the index is at the end of the allowable array length (according to cardinality), and the next cardinality
    /// is greater than the current one, cardinality may be increased. This restriction is created to preserve ordering.
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
    /// @param blockTimestamp The timestamp of the new observation
    /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the new observation
    /// @param liquidity The total in-range liquidity at the time of the new observation
    /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
    /// @param cardinalityNext The new length of the oracle array, independent of population
    /// @return indexUpdated The new index of the most recently written element in the oracle array
    /// @return cardinalityUpdated The new cardinality of the oracle array
    function write(
        Observation[65535] storage self,
        uint16 index,
        uint32 blockTimestamp,
        int24 tick,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint16 cardinality,
        uint16 cardinalityNext
    ) internal returns (uint16 indexUpdated, uint16 cardinalityUpdated) {
        Observation memory last = self[index];
        // early return if we've already written an observation this block
        if (last.blockTimestamp == blockTimestamp) return (index, cardinality);
        // if the conditions are right, we can bump the cardinality
        if (cardinalityNext > cardinality && index == (cardinality - 1)) {
            cardinalityUpdated = cardinalityNext;
        } else {
            cardinalityUpdated = cardinality;
        }
        indexUpdated = (index + 1) % cardinalityUpdated;
        self[indexUpdated] = transform(last, blockTimestamp, tick, liquidity);
    }
    /// @notice Prepares the oracle array to store up to `next` observations
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param current The current next cardinality of the oracle array
    /// @param next The proposed next cardinality which will be populated in the oracle array
    /// @return next The next cardinality which will be populated in the oracle array
    function grow(
        Observation[65535] storage self,
        uint16 current,
        uint16 next
    ) internal returns (uint16) {
        require(current > 0, 'I');
        // no-op if the passed next value isn't greater than the current next value
        if (next <= current) return current;
        // store in each slot to prevent fresh SSTOREs in swaps
        // this data will not be used because the initialized boolean is still false
        for (uint16 i = current; i < next; i++) self[i].blockTimestamp = 1;
        return next;
    }
    /// @notice comparator for 32-bit timestamps
    /// @dev safe for 0 or 1 overflows, a and b _must_ be chronologically before or equal to time
    /// @param time A timestamp truncated to 32 bits
    /// @param a A comparison timestamp from which to determine the relative position of `time`
    /// @param b From which to determine the relative position of `time`
    /// @return bool Whether `a` is chronologically <= `b`
    function lte(
        uint32 time,
        uint32 a,
        uint32 b
    ) private pure returns (bool) {
        // if there hasn't been overflow, no need to adjust
        if (a <= time && b <= time) return a <= b;
        uint256 aAdjusted = a > time ? a : a + 2**32;
        uint256 bAdjusted = b > time ? b : b + 2**32;
        return aAdjusted <= bAdjusted;
    }
    /// @notice Fetches the observations beforeOrAt and atOrAfter a target, i.e. where [beforeOrAt, atOrAfter] is satisfied.
    /// The result may be the same observation, or adjacent observations.
    /// @dev The answer must be contained in the array, used when the target is located within the stored observation
    /// boundaries: older than the most recent observation and younger, or the same age as, the oldest observation
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param time The current block.timestamp
    /// @param target The timestamp at which the reserved observation should be for
    /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
    /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
    /// @return beforeOrAt The observation recorded before, or at, the target
    /// @return atOrAfter The observation recorded at, or after, the target
    function binarySearch(
        Observation[65535] storage self,
        uint32 time,
        uint32 target,
        uint16 index,
        uint16 cardinality
    ) private view returns (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) {
        uint256 l = (index + 1) % cardinality; // oldest observation
        uint256 r = l + cardinality - 1; // newest observation
        uint256 i;
        while (true) {
            i = (l + r) / 2;
            beforeOrAt = self[i % cardinality];
            // we've landed on an uninitialized tick, keep searching higher (more recently)
            if (!beforeOrAt.initialized) {
                l = i + 1;
                continue;
            }
            atOrAfter = self[(i + 1) % cardinality];
            bool targetAtOrAfter = lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target);
            // check if we've found the answer!
            if (targetAtOrAfter && lte(time, target, atOrAfter.blockTimestamp)) break;
            if (!targetAtOrAfter) r = i - 1;
            else l = i + 1;
        }
    }
    /// @notice Fetches the observations beforeOrAt and atOrAfter a given target, i.e. where [beforeOrAt, atOrAfter] is satisfied
    /// @dev Assumes there is at least 1 initialized observation.
    /// Used by observeSingle() to compute the counterfactual accumulator values as of a given block timestamp.
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param time The current block.timestamp
    /// @param target The timestamp at which the reserved observation should be for
    /// @param tick The active tick at the time of the returned or simulated observation
    /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
    /// @param liquidity The total pool liquidity at the time of the call
    /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
    /// @return beforeOrAt The observation which occurred at, or before, the given timestamp
    /// @return atOrAfter The observation which occurred at, or after, the given timestamp
    function getSurroundingObservations(
        Observation[65535] storage self,
        uint32 time,
        uint32 target,
        int24 tick,
        uint16 index,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint16 cardinality
    ) private view returns (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) {
        // optimistically set before to the newest observation
        beforeOrAt = self[index];
        // if the target is chronologically at or after the newest observation, we can early return
        if (lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target)) {
            if (beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp == target) {
                // if newest observation equals target, we're in the same block, so we can ignore atOrAfter
                return (beforeOrAt, atOrAfter);
            } else {
                // otherwise, we need to transform
                return (beforeOrAt, transform(beforeOrAt, target, tick, liquidity));
            }
        }
        // now, set before to the oldest observation
        beforeOrAt = self[(index + 1) % cardinality];
        if (!beforeOrAt.initialized) beforeOrAt = self[0];
        // ensure that the target is chronologically at or after the oldest observation
        require(lte(time, beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp, target), 'OLD');
        // if we've reached this point, we have to binary search
        return binarySearch(self, time, target, index, cardinality);
    }
    /// @dev Reverts if an observation at or before the desired observation timestamp does not exist.
    /// 0 may be passed as `secondsAgo' to return the current cumulative values.
    /// If called with a timestamp falling between two observations, returns the counterfactual accumulator values
    /// at exactly the timestamp between the two observations.
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param time The current block timestamp
    /// @param secondsAgo The amount of time to look back, in seconds, at which point to return an observation
    /// @param tick The current tick
    /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
    /// @param liquidity The current in-range pool liquidity
    /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
    /// @return tickCumulative The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized, as of `secondsAgo`
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The time elapsed / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized, as of `secondsAgo`
    function observeSingle(
        Observation[65535] storage self,
        uint32 time,
        uint32 secondsAgo,
        int24 tick,
        uint16 index,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint16 cardinality
    ) internal view returns (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) {
        if (secondsAgo == 0) {
            Observation memory last = self[index];
            if (last.blockTimestamp != time) last = transform(last, time, tick, liquidity);
            return (last.tickCumulative, last.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
        }
        uint32 target = time - secondsAgo;
        (Observation memory beforeOrAt, Observation memory atOrAfter) = getSurroundingObservations(
            self,
            time,
            target,
            tick,
            index,
            liquidity,
            cardinality
        );
        if (target == beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp) {
            // we're at the left boundary
            return (beforeOrAt.tickCumulative, beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
        } else if (target == atOrAfter.blockTimestamp) {
            // we're at the right boundary
            return (atOrAfter.tickCumulative, atOrAfter.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128);
        } else {
            // we're in the middle
            uint32 observationTimeDelta = atOrAfter.blockTimestamp - beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp;
            uint32 targetDelta = target - beforeOrAt.blockTimestamp;
            return (
                beforeOrAt.tickCumulative +
                    ((atOrAfter.tickCumulative - beforeOrAt.tickCumulative) / observationTimeDelta) *
                    targetDelta,
                beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 +
                    uint160(
                        (uint256(
                            atOrAfter.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 - beforeOrAt.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128
                        ) * targetDelta) / observationTimeDelta
                    )
            );
        }
    }
    /// @notice Returns the accumulator values as of each time seconds ago from the given time in the array of `secondsAgos`
    /// @dev Reverts if `secondsAgos` > oldest observation
    /// @param self The stored oracle array
    /// @param time The current block.timestamp
    /// @param secondsAgos Each amount of time to look back, in seconds, at which point to return an observation
    /// @param tick The current tick
    /// @param index The index of the observation that was most recently written to the observations array
    /// @param liquidity The current in-range pool liquidity
    /// @param cardinality The number of populated elements in the oracle array
    /// @return tickCumulatives The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized, as of each `secondsAgo`
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s The cumulative seconds / max(1, liquidity) since the pool was first initialized, as of each `secondsAgo`
    function observe(
        Observation[65535] storage self,
        uint32 time,
        uint32[] memory secondsAgos,
        int24 tick,
        uint16 index,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint16 cardinality
    ) internal view returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s) {
        require(cardinality > 0, 'I');
        tickCumulatives = new int56[](secondsAgos.length);
        secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s = new uint160[](secondsAgos.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < secondsAgos.length; i++) {
            (tickCumulatives[i], secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s[i]) = observeSingle(
                self,
                time,
                secondsAgos[i],
                tick,
                index,
                liquidity,
                cardinality
            );
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.8.0;
import './FullMath.sol';
import './FixedPoint128.sol';
import './LiquidityMath.sol';
/// @title Position
/// @notice Positions represent an owner address' liquidity between a lower and upper tick boundary
/// @dev Positions store additional state for tracking fees owed to the position
library Position {
    // info stored for each user's position
    struct Info {
        // the amount of liquidity owned by this position
        uint128 liquidity;
        // fee growth per unit of liquidity as of the last update to liquidity or fees owed
        uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128;
        uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128;
        // the fees owed to the position owner in token0/token1
        uint128 tokensOwed0;
        uint128 tokensOwed1;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the Info struct of a position, given an owner and position boundaries
    /// @param self The mapping containing all user positions
    /// @param owner The address of the position owner
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
    /// @return position The position info struct of the given owners' position
    function get(
        mapping(bytes32 => Info) storage self,
        address owner,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) internal view returns (Position.Info storage position) {
        position = self[keccak256(abi.encodePacked(owner, tickLower, tickUpper))];
    }
    /// @notice Credits accumulated fees to a user's position
    /// @param self The individual position to update
    /// @param liquidityDelta The change in pool liquidity as a result of the position update
    /// @param feeGrowthInside0X128 The all-time fee growth in token0, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
    /// @param feeGrowthInside1X128 The all-time fee growth in token1, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
    function update(
        Info storage self,
        int128 liquidityDelta,
        uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128,
        uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128
    ) internal {
        Info memory _self = self;
        uint128 liquidityNext;
        if (liquidityDelta == 0) {
            require(_self.liquidity > 0, 'NP'); // disallow pokes for 0 liquidity positions
            liquidityNext = _self.liquidity;
        } else {
            liquidityNext = LiquidityMath.addDelta(_self.liquidity, liquidityDelta);
        }
        // calculate accumulated fees
        uint128 tokensOwed0 = uint128(
            FullMath.mulDiv(feeGrowthInside0X128 - _self.feeGrowthInside0LastX128, _self.liquidity, FixedPoint128.Q128)
        );
        uint128 tokensOwed1 = uint128(
            FullMath.mulDiv(feeGrowthInside1X128 - _self.feeGrowthInside1LastX128, _self.liquidity, FixedPoint128.Q128)
        );
        // update the position
        if (liquidityDelta != 0) self.liquidity = liquidityNext;
        self.feeGrowthInside0LastX128 = feeGrowthInside0X128;
        self.feeGrowthInside1LastX128 = feeGrowthInside1X128;
        if (tokensOwed0 > 0 || tokensOwed1 > 0) {
            // overflow is acceptable, have to withdraw before you hit type(uint128).max fees
            self.tokensOwed0 += tokensOwed0;
            self.tokensOwed1 += tokensOwed1;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Safe casting methods
/// @notice Contains methods for safely casting between types
library SafeCast {
    /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a uint160, revert on overflow
    /// @param y The uint256 to be downcasted
    /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type uint160
    function toUint160(uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint160 z) {
        require((z = uint160(y)) == y);
    }
    /// @notice Cast a int256 to a int128, revert on overflow or underflow
    /// @param y The int256 to be downcasted
    /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type int128
    function toInt128(int256 y) internal pure returns (int128 z) {
        require((z = int128(y)) == y);
    }
    /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a int256, revert on overflow
    /// @param y The uint256 to be casted
    /// @return z The casted integer, now type int256
    function toInt256(uint256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
        require(y < 2**255);
        z = int256(y);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './LowGasSafeMath.sol';
import './SafeCast.sol';
import './FullMath.sol';
import './UnsafeMath.sol';
import './FixedPoint96.sol';
/// @title Functions based on Q64.96 sqrt price and liquidity
/// @notice Contains the math that uses square root of price as a Q64.96 and liquidity to compute deltas
library SqrtPriceMath {
    using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
    using SafeCast for uint256;
    /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given a delta of token0
    /// @dev Always rounds up, because in the exact output case (increasing price) we need to move the price at least
    /// far enough to get the desired output amount, and in the exact input case (decreasing price) we need to move the
    /// price less in order to not send too much output.
    /// The most precise formula for this is liquidity * sqrtPX96 / (liquidity +- amount * sqrtPX96),
    /// if this is impossible because of overflow, we calculate liquidity / (liquidity / sqrtPX96 +- amount).
    /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e. before accounting for the token0 delta
    /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
    /// @param amount How much of token0 to add or remove from virtual reserves
    /// @param add Whether to add or remove the amount of token0
    /// @return The price after adding or removing amount, depending on add
    function getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(
        uint160 sqrtPX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint256 amount,
        bool add
    ) internal pure returns (uint160) {
        // we short circuit amount == 0 because the result is otherwise not guaranteed to equal the input price
        if (amount == 0) return sqrtPX96;
        uint256 numerator1 = uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION;
        if (add) {
            uint256 product;
            if ((product = amount * sqrtPX96) / amount == sqrtPX96) {
                uint256 denominator = numerator1 + product;
                if (denominator >= numerator1)
                    // always fits in 160 bits
                    return uint160(FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, sqrtPX96, denominator));
            }
            return uint160(UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(numerator1, (numerator1 / sqrtPX96).add(amount)));
        } else {
            uint256 product;
            // if the product overflows, we know the denominator underflows
            // in addition, we must check that the denominator does not underflow
            require((product = amount * sqrtPX96) / amount == sqrtPX96 && numerator1 > product);
            uint256 denominator = numerator1 - product;
            return FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, sqrtPX96, denominator).toUint160();
        }
    }
    /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given a delta of token1
    /// @dev Always rounds down, because in the exact output case (decreasing price) we need to move the price at least
    /// far enough to get the desired output amount, and in the exact input case (increasing price) we need to move the
    /// price less in order to not send too much output.
    /// The formula we compute is within <1 wei of the lossless version: sqrtPX96 +- amount / liquidity
    /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e., before accounting for the token1 delta
    /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
    /// @param amount How much of token1 to add, or remove, from virtual reserves
    /// @param add Whether to add, or remove, the amount of token1
    /// @return The price after adding or removing `amount`
    function getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(
        uint160 sqrtPX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint256 amount,
        bool add
    ) internal pure returns (uint160) {
        // if we're adding (subtracting), rounding down requires rounding the quotient down (up)
        // in both cases, avoid a mulDiv for most inputs
        if (add) {
            uint256 quotient = (
                amount <= type(uint160).max
                    ? (amount << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION) / liquidity
                    : FullMath.mulDiv(amount, FixedPoint96.Q96, liquidity)
            );
            return uint256(sqrtPX96).add(quotient).toUint160();
        } else {
            uint256 quotient = (
                amount <= type(uint160).max
                    ? UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(amount << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION, liquidity)
                    : FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount, FixedPoint96.Q96, liquidity)
            );
            require(sqrtPX96 > quotient);
            // always fits 160 bits
            return uint160(sqrtPX96 - quotient);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given an input amount of token0 or token1
    /// @dev Throws if price or liquidity are 0, or if the next price is out of bounds
    /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price, i.e., before accounting for the input amount
    /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
    /// @param amountIn How much of token0, or token1, is being swapped in
    /// @param zeroForOne Whether the amount in is token0 or token1
    /// @return sqrtQX96 The price after adding the input amount to token0 or token1
    function getNextSqrtPriceFromInput(
        uint160 sqrtPX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint256 amountIn,
        bool zeroForOne
    ) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtQX96) {
        require(sqrtPX96 > 0);
        require(liquidity > 0);
        // round to make sure that we don't pass the target price
        return
            zeroForOne
                ? getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountIn, true)
                : getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountIn, true);
    }
    /// @notice Gets the next sqrt price given an output amount of token0 or token1
    /// @dev Throws if price or liquidity are 0 or the next price is out of bounds
    /// @param sqrtPX96 The starting price before accounting for the output amount
    /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
    /// @param amountOut How much of token0, or token1, is being swapped out
    /// @param zeroForOne Whether the amount out is token0 or token1
    /// @return sqrtQX96 The price after removing the output amount of token0 or token1
    function getNextSqrtPriceFromOutput(
        uint160 sqrtPX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        uint256 amountOut,
        bool zeroForOne
    ) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtQX96) {
        require(sqrtPX96 > 0);
        require(liquidity > 0);
        // round to make sure that we pass the target price
        return
            zeroForOne
                ? getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount1RoundingDown(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountOut, false)
                : getNextSqrtPriceFromAmount0RoundingUp(sqrtPX96, liquidity, amountOut, false);
    }
    /// @notice Gets the amount0 delta between two prices
    /// @dev Calculates liquidity / sqrt(lower) - liquidity / sqrt(upper),
    /// i.e. liquidity * (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower)) / (sqrt(upper) * sqrt(lower))
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
    /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
    /// @param roundUp Whether to round the amount up or down
    /// @return amount0 Amount of token0 required to cover a position of size liquidity between the two passed prices
    function getAmount0Delta(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount0) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        uint256 numerator1 = uint256(liquidity) << FixedPoint96.RESOLUTION;
        uint256 numerator2 = sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96;
        require(sqrtRatioAX96 > 0);
        return
            roundUp
                ? UnsafeMath.divRoundingUp(
                    FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(numerator1, numerator2, sqrtRatioBX96),
                    sqrtRatioAX96
                )
                : FullMath.mulDiv(numerator1, numerator2, sqrtRatioBX96) / sqrtRatioAX96;
    }
    /// @notice Gets the amount1 delta between two prices
    /// @dev Calculates liquidity * (sqrt(upper) - sqrt(lower))
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
    /// @param liquidity The amount of usable liquidity
    /// @param roundUp Whether to round the amount up, or down
    /// @return amount1 Amount of token1 required to cover a position of size liquidity between the two passed prices
    function getAmount1Delta(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amount1) {
        if (sqrtRatioAX96 > sqrtRatioBX96) (sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96) = (sqrtRatioBX96, sqrtRatioAX96);
        return
            roundUp
                ? FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96)
                : FullMath.mulDiv(liquidity, sqrtRatioBX96 - sqrtRatioAX96, FixedPoint96.Q96);
    }
    /// @notice Helper that gets signed token0 delta
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
    /// @param liquidity The change in liquidity for which to compute the amount0 delta
    /// @return amount0 Amount of token0 corresponding to the passed liquidityDelta between the two prices
    function getAmount0Delta(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        int128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (int256 amount0) {
        return
            liquidity < 0
                ? -getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(-liquidity), false).toInt256()
                : getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(liquidity), true).toInt256();
    }
    /// @notice Helper that gets signed token1 delta
    /// @param sqrtRatioAX96 A sqrt price
    /// @param sqrtRatioBX96 Another sqrt price
    /// @param liquidity The change in liquidity for which to compute the amount1 delta
    /// @return amount1 Amount of token1 corresponding to the passed liquidityDelta between the two prices
    function getAmount1Delta(
        uint160 sqrtRatioAX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioBX96,
        int128 liquidity
    ) internal pure returns (int256 amount1) {
        return
            liquidity < 0
                ? -getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(-liquidity), false).toInt256()
                : getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioAX96, sqrtRatioBX96, uint128(liquidity), true).toInt256();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './FullMath.sol';
import './SqrtPriceMath.sol';
/// @title Computes the result of a swap within ticks
/// @notice Contains methods for computing the result of a swap within a single tick price range, i.e., a single tick.
library SwapMath {
    /// @notice Computes the result of swapping some amount in, or amount out, given the parameters of the swap
    /// @dev The fee, plus the amount in, will never exceed the amount remaining if the swap's `amountSpecified` is positive
    /// @param sqrtRatioCurrentX96 The current sqrt price of the pool
    /// @param sqrtRatioTargetX96 The price that cannot be exceeded, from which the direction of the swap is inferred
    /// @param liquidity The usable liquidity
    /// @param amountRemaining How much input or output amount is remaining to be swapped in/out
    /// @param feePips The fee taken from the input amount, expressed in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return sqrtRatioNextX96 The price after swapping the amount in/out, not to exceed the price target
    /// @return amountIn The amount to be swapped in, of either token0 or token1, based on the direction of the swap
    /// @return amountOut The amount to be received, of either token0 or token1, based on the direction of the swap
    /// @return feeAmount The amount of input that will be taken as a fee
    function computeSwapStep(
        uint160 sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
        uint160 sqrtRatioTargetX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        int256 amountRemaining,
        uint24 feePips
    )
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint160 sqrtRatioNextX96,
            uint256 amountIn,
            uint256 amountOut,
            uint256 feeAmount
        )
    {
        bool zeroForOne = sqrtRatioCurrentX96 >= sqrtRatioTargetX96;
        bool exactIn = amountRemaining >= 0;
        if (exactIn) {
            uint256 amountRemainingLessFee = FullMath.mulDiv(uint256(amountRemaining), 1e6 - feePips, 1e6);
            amountIn = zeroForOne
                ? SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioTargetX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, true)
                : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioTargetX96, liquidity, true);
            if (amountRemainingLessFee >= amountIn) sqrtRatioNextX96 = sqrtRatioTargetX96;
            else
                sqrtRatioNextX96 = SqrtPriceMath.getNextSqrtPriceFromInput(
                    sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                    liquidity,
                    amountRemainingLessFee,
                    zeroForOne
                );
        } else {
            amountOut = zeroForOne
                ? SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioTargetX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, false)
                : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioTargetX96, liquidity, false);
            if (uint256(-amountRemaining) >= amountOut) sqrtRatioNextX96 = sqrtRatioTargetX96;
            else
                sqrtRatioNextX96 = SqrtPriceMath.getNextSqrtPriceFromOutput(
                    sqrtRatioCurrentX96,
                    liquidity,
                    uint256(-amountRemaining),
                    zeroForOne
                );
        }
        bool max = sqrtRatioTargetX96 == sqrtRatioNextX96;
        // get the input/output amounts
        if (zeroForOne) {
            amountIn = max && exactIn
                ? amountIn
                : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioNextX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, true);
            amountOut = max && !exactIn
                ? amountOut
                : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioNextX96, sqrtRatioCurrentX96, liquidity, false);
        } else {
            amountIn = max && exactIn
                ? amountIn
                : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioNextX96, liquidity, true);
            amountOut = max && !exactIn
                ? amountOut
                : SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(sqrtRatioCurrentX96, sqrtRatioNextX96, liquidity, false);
        }
        // cap the output amount to not exceed the remaining output amount
        if (!exactIn && amountOut > uint256(-amountRemaining)) {
            amountOut = uint256(-amountRemaining);
        }
        if (exactIn && sqrtRatioNextX96 != sqrtRatioTargetX96) {
            // we didn't reach the target, so take the remainder of the maximum input as fee
            feeAmount = uint256(amountRemaining) - amountIn;
        } else {
            feeAmount = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amountIn, feePips, 1e6 - feePips);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.8.0;
import './LowGasSafeMath.sol';
import './SafeCast.sol';
import './TickMath.sol';
import './LiquidityMath.sol';
/// @title Tick
/// @notice Contains functions for managing tick processes and relevant calculations
library Tick {
    using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
    using SafeCast for int256;
    // info stored for each initialized individual tick
    struct Info {
        // the total position liquidity that references this tick
        uint128 liquidityGross;
        // amount of net liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left),
        int128 liquidityNet;
        // fee growth per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
        // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
        uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128;
        uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128;
        // the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick
        int56 tickCumulativeOutside;
        // the seconds per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
        // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128;
        // the seconds spent on the other side of the tick (relative to the current tick)
        // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
        uint32 secondsOutside;
        // true iff the tick is initialized, i.e. the value is exactly equivalent to the expression liquidityGross != 0
        // these 8 bits are set to prevent fresh sstores when crossing newly initialized ticks
        bool initialized;
    }
    /// @notice Derives max liquidity per tick from given tick spacing
    /// @dev Executed within the pool constructor
    /// @param tickSpacing The amount of required tick separation, realized in multiples of `tickSpacing`
    ///     e.g., a tickSpacing of 3 requires ticks to be initialized every 3rd tick i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
    /// @return The max liquidity per tick
    function tickSpacingToMaxLiquidityPerTick(int24 tickSpacing) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        int24 minTick = (TickMath.MIN_TICK / tickSpacing) * tickSpacing;
        int24 maxTick = (TickMath.MAX_TICK / tickSpacing) * tickSpacing;
        uint24 numTicks = uint24((maxTick - minTick) / tickSpacing) + 1;
        return type(uint128).max / numTicks;
    }
    /// @notice Retrieves fee growth data
    /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
    /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
    /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
    /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
    /// @return feeGrowthInside0X128 The all-time fee growth in token0, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
    /// @return feeGrowthInside1X128 The all-time fee growth in token1, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
    function getFeeGrowthInside(
        mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        int24 tickCurrent,
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128
    ) internal view returns (uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128) {
        Info storage lower = self[tickLower];
        Info storage upper = self[tickUpper];
        // calculate fee growth below
        uint256 feeGrowthBelow0X128;
        uint256 feeGrowthBelow1X128;
        if (tickCurrent >= tickLower) {
            feeGrowthBelow0X128 = lower.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
            feeGrowthBelow1X128 = lower.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
        } else {
            feeGrowthBelow0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - lower.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
            feeGrowthBelow1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - lower.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
        }
        // calculate fee growth above
        uint256 feeGrowthAbove0X128;
        uint256 feeGrowthAbove1X128;
        if (tickCurrent < tickUpper) {
            feeGrowthAbove0X128 = upper.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
            feeGrowthAbove1X128 = upper.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
        } else {
            feeGrowthAbove0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - upper.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
            feeGrowthAbove1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - upper.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
        }
        feeGrowthInside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - feeGrowthBelow0X128 - feeGrowthAbove0X128;
        feeGrowthInside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - feeGrowthBelow1X128 - feeGrowthAbove1X128;
    }
    /// @notice Updates a tick and returns true if the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
    /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tick The tick that will be updated
    /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
    /// @param liquidityDelta A new amount of liquidity to be added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
    /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
    /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
    /// @param secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The all-time seconds per max(1, liquidity) of the pool
    /// @param tickCumulative The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized
    /// @param time The current block timestamp cast to a uint32
    /// @param upper true for updating a position's upper tick, or false for updating a position's lower tick
    /// @param maxLiquidity The maximum liquidity allocation for a single tick
    /// @return flipped Whether the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
    function update(
        mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
        int24 tick,
        int24 tickCurrent,
        int128 liquidityDelta,
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
        int56 tickCumulative,
        uint32 time,
        bool upper,
        uint128 maxLiquidity
    ) internal returns (bool flipped) {
        Tick.Info storage info = self[tick];
        uint128 liquidityGrossBefore = info.liquidityGross;
        uint128 liquidityGrossAfter = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityGrossBefore, liquidityDelta);
        require(liquidityGrossAfter <= maxLiquidity, 'LO');
        flipped = (liquidityGrossAfter == 0) != (liquidityGrossBefore == 0);
        if (liquidityGrossBefore == 0) {
            // by convention, we assume that all growth before a tick was initialized happened _below_ the tick
            if (tick <= tickCurrent) {
                info.feeGrowthOutside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128;
                info.feeGrowthOutside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128;
                info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 = secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
                info.tickCumulativeOutside = tickCumulative;
                info.secondsOutside = time;
            }
            info.initialized = true;
        }
        info.liquidityGross = liquidityGrossAfter;
        // when the lower (upper) tick is crossed left to right (right to left), liquidity must be added (removed)
        info.liquidityNet = upper
            ? int256(info.liquidityNet).sub(liquidityDelta).toInt128()
            : int256(info.liquidityNet).add(liquidityDelta).toInt128();
    }
    /// @notice Clears tick data
    /// @param self The mapping containing all initialized tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tick The tick that will be cleared
    function clear(mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self, int24 tick) internal {
        delete self[tick];
    }
    /// @notice Transitions to next tick as needed by price movement
    /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tick The destination tick of the transition
    /// @param feeGrowthGlobal0X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
    /// @param feeGrowthGlobal1X128 The all-time global fee growth, per unit of liquidity, in token1
    /// @param secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 The current seconds per liquidity
    /// @param tickCumulative The tick * time elapsed since the pool was first initialized
    /// @param time The current block.timestamp
    /// @return liquidityNet The amount of liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
    function cross(
        mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) storage self,
        int24 tick,
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
        int56 tickCumulative,
        uint32 time
    ) internal returns (int128 liquidityNet) {
        Tick.Info storage info = self[tick];
        info.feeGrowthOutside0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128 - info.feeGrowthOutside0X128;
        info.feeGrowthOutside1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128 - info.feeGrowthOutside1X128;
        info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 = secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 - info.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128;
        info.tickCumulativeOutside = tickCumulative - info.tickCumulativeOutside;
        info.secondsOutside = time - info.secondsOutside;
        liquidityNet = info.liquidityNet;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './BitMath.sol';
/// @title Packed tick initialized state library
/// @notice Stores a packed mapping of tick index to its initialized state
/// @dev The mapping uses int16 for keys since ticks are represented as int24 and there are 256 (2^8) values per word.
library TickBitmap {
    /// @notice Computes the position in the mapping where the initialized bit for a tick lives
    /// @param tick The tick for which to compute the position
    /// @return wordPos The key in the mapping containing the word in which the bit is stored
    /// @return bitPos The bit position in the word where the flag is stored
    function position(int24 tick) private pure returns (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) {
        wordPos = int16(tick >> 8);
        bitPos = uint8(tick % 256);
    }
    /// @notice Flips the initialized state for a given tick from false to true, or vice versa
    /// @param self The mapping in which to flip the tick
    /// @param tick The tick to flip
    /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between usable ticks
    function flipTick(
        mapping(int16 => uint256) storage self,
        int24 tick,
        int24 tickSpacing
    ) internal {
        require(tick % tickSpacing == 0); // ensure that the tick is spaced
        (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(tick / tickSpacing);
        uint256 mask = 1 << bitPos;
        self[wordPos] ^= mask;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the next initialized tick contained in the same word (or adjacent word) as the tick that is either
    /// to the left (less than or equal to) or right (greater than) of the given tick
    /// @param self The mapping in which to compute the next initialized tick
    /// @param tick The starting tick
    /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between usable ticks
    /// @param lte Whether to search for the next initialized tick to the left (less than or equal to the starting tick)
    /// @return next The next initialized or uninitialized tick up to 256 ticks away from the current tick
    /// @return initialized Whether the next tick is initialized, as the function only searches within up to 256 ticks
    function nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord(
        mapping(int16 => uint256) storage self,
        int24 tick,
        int24 tickSpacing,
        bool lte
    ) internal view returns (int24 next, bool initialized) {
        int24 compressed = tick / tickSpacing;
        if (tick < 0 && tick % tickSpacing != 0) compressed--; // round towards negative infinity
        if (lte) {
            (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(compressed);
            // all the 1s at or to the right of the current bitPos
            uint256 mask = (1 << bitPos) - 1 + (1 << bitPos);
            uint256 masked = self[wordPos] & mask;
            // if there are no initialized ticks to the right of or at the current tick, return rightmost in the word
            initialized = masked != 0;
            // overflow/underflow is possible, but prevented externally by limiting both tickSpacing and tick
            next = initialized
                ? (compressed - int24(bitPos - BitMath.mostSignificantBit(masked))) * tickSpacing
                : (compressed - int24(bitPos)) * tickSpacing;
        } else {
            // start from the word of the next tick, since the current tick state doesn't matter
            (int16 wordPos, uint8 bitPos) = position(compressed + 1);
            // all the 1s at or to the left of the bitPos
            uint256 mask = ~((1 << bitPos) - 1);
            uint256 masked = self[wordPos] & mask;
            // if there are no initialized ticks to the left of the current tick, return leftmost in the word
            initialized = masked != 0;
            // overflow/underflow is possible, but prevented externally by limiting both tickSpacing and tick
            next = initialized
                ? (compressed + 1 + int24(BitMath.leastSignificantBit(masked) - bitPos)) * tickSpacing
                : (compressed + 1 + int24(type(uint8).max - bitPos)) * tickSpacing;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.8.0;
/// @title Math library for computing sqrt prices from ticks and vice versa
/// @notice Computes sqrt price for ticks of size 1.0001, i.e. sqrt(1.0001^tick) as fixed point Q64.96 numbers. Supports
/// prices between 2**-128 and 2**128
library TickMath {
    /// @dev The minimum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**-128
    int24 internal constant MIN_TICK = -887272;
    /// @dev The maximum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**128
    int24 internal constant MAX_TICK = -MIN_TICK;
    /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
    /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
    /// @notice Calculates sqrt(1.0001^tick) * 2^96
    /// @dev Throws if |tick| > max tick
    /// @param tick The input tick for the above formula
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 A Fixed point Q64.96 number representing the sqrt of the ratio of the two assets (token1/token0)
    /// at the given tick
    function getSqrtRatioAtTick(int24 tick) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtPriceX96) {
        uint256 absTick = tick < 0 ? uint256(-int256(tick)) : uint256(int256(tick));
        require(absTick <= uint256(MAX_TICK), 'T');
        uint256 ratio = absTick & 0x1 != 0 ? 0xfffcb933bd6fad37aa2d162d1a594001 : 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
        if (absTick & 0x2 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff97272373d413259a46990580e213a) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff2e50f5f656932ef12357cf3c7fdcc) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffe5caca7e10e4e61c3624eaa0941cd0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffcb9843d60f6159c9db58835c926644) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff973b41fa98c081472e6896dfb254c0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff2ea16466c96a3843ec78b326b52861) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfe5dee046a99a2a811c461f1969c3053) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x100 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfcbe86c7900a88aedcffc83b479aa3a4) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x200 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf987a7253ac413176f2b074cf7815e54) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x400 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf3392b0822b70005940c7a398e4b70f3) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x800 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xe7159475a2c29b7443b29c7fa6e889d9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x1000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xd097f3bdfd2022b8845ad8f792aa5825) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x2000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xa9f746462d870fdf8a65dc1f90e061e5) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x70d869a156d2a1b890bb3df62baf32f7) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x31be135f97d08fd981231505542fcfa6) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x9aa508b5b7a84e1c677de54f3e99bc9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x5d6af8dedb81196699c329225ee604) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x2216e584f5fa1ea926041bedfe98) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x48a170391f7dc42444e8fa2) >> 128;
        if (tick > 0) ratio = type(uint256).max / ratio;
        // this divides by 1<<32 rounding up to go from a Q128.128 to a Q128.96.
        // we then downcast because we know the result always fits within 160 bits due to our tick input constraint
        // we round up in the division so getTickAtSqrtRatio of the output price is always consistent
        sqrtPriceX96 = uint160((ratio >> 32) + (ratio % (1 << 32) == 0 ? 0 : 1));
    }
    /// @notice Calculates the greatest tick value such that getRatioAtTick(tick) <= ratio
    /// @dev Throws in case sqrtPriceX96 < MIN_SQRT_RATIO, as MIN_SQRT_RATIO is the lowest value getRatioAtTick may
    /// ever return.
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt ratio for which to compute the tick as a Q64.96
    /// @return tick The greatest tick for which the ratio is less than or equal to the input ratio
    function getTickAtSqrtRatio(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) internal pure returns (int24 tick) {
        // second inequality must be < because the price can never reach the price at the max tick
        require(sqrtPriceX96 >= MIN_SQRT_RATIO && sqrtPriceX96 < MAX_SQRT_RATIO, 'R');
        uint256 ratio = uint256(sqrtPriceX96) << 32;
        uint256 r = ratio;
        uint256 msb = 0;
        assembly {
            let f := shl(7, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(6, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(5, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(4, gt(r, 0xFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(3, gt(r, 0xFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(2, gt(r, 0xF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(1, gt(r, 0x3))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := gt(r, 0x1)
            msb := or(msb, f)
        }
        if (msb >= 128) r = ratio >> (msb - 127);
        else r = ratio << (127 - msb);
        int256 log_2 = (int256(msb) - 128) << 64;
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(63, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(62, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(61, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(60, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(59, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(58, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(57, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(56, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(55, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(54, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(53, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(52, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(51, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(50, f))
        }
        int256 log_sqrt10001 = log_2 * 255738958999603826347141; // 128.128 number
        int24 tickLow = int24((log_sqrt10001 - 3402992956809132418596140100660247210) >> 128);
        int24 tickHi = int24((log_sqrt10001 + 291339464771989622907027621153398088495) >> 128);
        tick = tickLow == tickHi ? tickLow : getSqrtRatioAtTick(tickHi) <= sqrtPriceX96 ? tickHi : tickLow;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.6.0;
import '../interfaces/IERC20Minimal.sol';
/// @title TransferHelper
/// @notice Contains helper methods for interacting with ERC20 tokens that do not consistently return true/false
library TransferHelper {
    /// @notice Transfers tokens from msg.sender to a recipient
    /// @dev Calls transfer on token contract, errors with TF if transfer fails
    /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred
    /// @param to The recipient of the transfer
    /// @param value The value of the transfer
    function safeTransfer(
        address token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.transfer.selector, to, value)
        );
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'TF');
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Math functions that do not check inputs or outputs
/// @notice Contains methods that perform common math functions but do not do any overflow or underflow checks
library UnsafeMath {
    /// @notice Returns ceil(x / y)
    /// @dev division by 0 has unspecified behavior, and must be checked externally
    /// @param x The dividend
    /// @param y The divisor
    /// @return z The quotient, ceil(x / y)
    function divRoundingUp(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        assembly {
            z := add(div(x, y), gt(mod(x, y), 0))
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3Pool.sol';
import './libraries/LowGasSafeMath.sol';
import './libraries/SafeCast.sol';
import './libraries/Tick.sol';
import './libraries/TickBitmap.sol';
import './libraries/Position.sol';
import './libraries/Oracle.sol';
import './libraries/FullMath.sol';
import './libraries/FixedPoint128.sol';
import './libraries/TransferHelper.sol';
import './libraries/TickMath.sol';
import './libraries/LiquidityMath.sol';
import './libraries/SqrtPriceMath.sol';
import './libraries/SwapMath.sol';
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3PoolDeployer.sol';
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3Factory.sol';
import './interfaces/IERC20Minimal.sol';
import './interfaces/callback/IPancakeV3MintCallback.sol';
import './interfaces/callback/IPancakeV3SwapCallback.sol';
import './interfaces/callback/IPancakeV3FlashCallback.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-lm-pool/contracts/interfaces/IPancakeV3LmPool.sol';
contract PancakeV3Pool is IPancakeV3Pool {
    using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
    using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
    using SafeCast for uint256;
    using SafeCast for int256;
    using Tick for mapping(int24 => Tick.Info);
    using TickBitmap for mapping(int16 => uint256);
    using Position for mapping(bytes32 => Position.Info);
    using Position for Position.Info;
    using Oracle for Oracle.Observation[65535];
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolImmutables
    address public immutable override factory;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolImmutables
    address public immutable override token0;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolImmutables
    address public immutable override token1;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolImmutables
    uint24 public immutable override fee;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolImmutables
    int24 public immutable override tickSpacing;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolImmutables
    uint128 public immutable override maxLiquidityPerTick;
    uint32  internal constant PROTOCOL_FEE_SP = 65536;
    uint256 internal constant PROTOCOL_FEE_DENOMINATOR = 10000;
    struct Slot0 {
        // the current price
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96;
        // the current tick
        int24 tick;
        // the most-recently updated index of the observations array
        uint16 observationIndex;
        // the current maximum number of observations that are being stored
        uint16 observationCardinality;
        // the next maximum number of observations to store, triggered in observations.write
        uint16 observationCardinalityNext;
        // the current protocol fee for token0 and token1,
        // 2 uint32 values store in a uint32 variable (fee/PROTOCOL_FEE_DENOMINATOR)
        uint32 feeProtocol;
        // whether the pool is locked
        bool unlocked;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    Slot0 public override slot0;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    uint256 public override feeGrowthGlobal0X128;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    uint256 public override feeGrowthGlobal1X128;
    // accumulated protocol fees in token0/token1 units
    struct ProtocolFees {
        uint128 token0;
        uint128 token1;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    ProtocolFees public override protocolFees;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    uint128 public override liquidity;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    mapping(int24 => Tick.Info) public override ticks;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    mapping(int16 => uint256) public override tickBitmap;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    mapping(bytes32 => Position.Info) public override positions;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolState
    Oracle.Observation[65535] public override observations;
    // liquidity mining
    IPancakeV3LmPool public lmPool;
    event SetLmPoolEvent(address addr);
    /// @dev Mutually exclusive reentrancy protection into the pool to/from a method. This method also prevents entrance
    /// to a function before the pool is initialized. The reentrancy guard is required throughout the contract because
    /// we use balance checks to determine the payment status of interactions such as mint, swap and flash.
    modifier lock() {
        require(slot0.unlocked, 'LOK');
        slot0.unlocked = false;
        _;
        slot0.unlocked = true;
    }
    /// @dev Prevents calling a function from anyone except the factory or its
    /// owner
    modifier onlyFactoryOrFactoryOwner() {
        require(msg.sender == factory || msg.sender == IPancakeV3Factory(factory).owner());
        _;
    }
    constructor() {
        int24 _tickSpacing;
        (factory, token0, token1, fee, _tickSpacing) = IPancakeV3PoolDeployer(msg.sender).parameters();
        tickSpacing = _tickSpacing;
        maxLiquidityPerTick = Tick.tickSpacingToMaxLiquidityPerTick(_tickSpacing);
    }
    /// @dev Common checks for valid tick inputs.
    function checkTicks(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) private pure {
        require(tickLower < tickUpper, 'TLU');
        require(tickLower >= TickMath.MIN_TICK, 'TLM');
        require(tickUpper <= TickMath.MAX_TICK, 'TUM');
    }
    /// @dev Returns the block timestamp truncated to 32 bits, i.e. mod 2**32. This method is overridden in tests.
    function _blockTimestamp() internal view virtual returns (uint32) {
        return uint32(block.timestamp); // truncation is desired
    }
    /// @dev Get the pool's balance of token0
    /// @dev This function is gas optimized to avoid a redundant extcodesize check in addition to the returndatasize
    /// check
    function balance0() private view returns (uint256) {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token0.staticcall(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.balanceOf.selector, address(this))
        );
        require(success && data.length >= 32);
        return abi.decode(data, (uint256));
    }
    /// @dev Get the pool's balance of token1
    /// @dev This function is gas optimized to avoid a redundant extcodesize check in addition to the returndatasize
    /// check
    function balance1() private view returns (uint256) {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token1.staticcall(
            abi.encodeWithSelector(IERC20Minimal.balanceOf.selector, address(this))
        );
        require(success && data.length >= 32);
        return abi.decode(data, (uint256));
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState
    function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            int56 tickCumulativeInside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
            uint32 secondsInside
        )
    {
        checkTicks(tickLower, tickUpper);
        int56 tickCumulativeLower;
        int56 tickCumulativeUpper;
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128;
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128;
        uint32 secondsOutsideLower;
        uint32 secondsOutsideUpper;
        {
            Tick.Info storage lower = ticks[tickLower];
            Tick.Info storage upper = ticks[tickUpper];
            bool initializedLower;
            (tickCumulativeLower, secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128, secondsOutsideLower, initializedLower) = (
                lower.tickCumulativeOutside,
                lower.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                lower.secondsOutside,
                lower.initialized
            );
            require(initializedLower);
            bool initializedUpper;
            (tickCumulativeUpper, secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128, secondsOutsideUpper, initializedUpper) = (
                upper.tickCumulativeOutside,
                upper.secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
                upper.secondsOutside,
                upper.initialized
            );
            require(initializedUpper);
        }
        Slot0 memory _slot0 = slot0;
        if (_slot0.tick < tickLower) {
            return (
                tickCumulativeLower - tickCumulativeUpper,
                secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128 - secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128,
                secondsOutsideLower - secondsOutsideUpper
            );
        } else if (_slot0.tick < tickUpper) {
            uint32 time = _blockTimestamp();
            (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) = observations.observeSingle(
                time,
                0,
                _slot0.tick,
                _slot0.observationIndex,
                liquidity,
                _slot0.observationCardinality
            );
            return (
                tickCumulative - tickCumulativeLower - tickCumulativeUpper,
                secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 -
                    secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128 -
                    secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128,
                time - secondsOutsideLower - secondsOutsideUpper
            );
        } else {
            return (
                tickCumulativeUpper - tickCumulativeLower,
                secondsPerLiquidityOutsideUpperX128 - secondsPerLiquidityOutsideLowerX128,
                secondsOutsideUpper - secondsOutsideLower
            );
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState
    function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s)
    {
        return
            observations.observe(
                _blockTimestamp(),
                secondsAgos,
                slot0.tick,
                slot0.observationIndex,
                liquidity,
                slot0.observationCardinality
            );
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext)
        external
        override
        lock
    {
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld = slot0.observationCardinalityNext; // for the event
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew = observations.grow(
            observationCardinalityNextOld,
            observationCardinalityNext
        );
        slot0.observationCardinalityNext = observationCardinalityNextNew;
        if (observationCardinalityNextOld != observationCardinalityNextNew)
            emit IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(observationCardinalityNextOld, observationCardinalityNextNew);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    /// @dev not locked because it initializes unlocked
    function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external override {
        require(slot0.sqrtPriceX96 == 0, 'AI');
        int24 tick = TickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96);
        (uint16 cardinality, uint16 cardinalityNext) = observations.initialize(_blockTimestamp());
        slot0 = Slot0({
            sqrtPriceX96: sqrtPriceX96,
            tick: tick,
            observationIndex: 0,
            observationCardinality: cardinality,
            observationCardinalityNext: cardinalityNext,
            feeProtocol: 209718400, // default value for all pools, 3200:3200, store 2 uint32 inside
            unlocked: true
        });
        if (fee == 100) {
            slot0.feeProtocol = 216272100; // value for 3300:3300, store 2 uint32 inside
        } else if (fee == 500) {
            slot0.feeProtocol = 222825800; // value for 3400:3400, store 2 uint32 inside
        } else if (fee == 2500) {
            slot0.feeProtocol = 209718400; // value for 3200:3200, store 2 uint32 inside
        } else if (fee == 10000) {
            slot0.feeProtocol = 209718400; // value for 3200:3200, store 2 uint32 inside
        }
        emit Initialize(sqrtPriceX96, tick);
    }
    struct ModifyPositionParams {
        // the address that owns the position
        address owner;
        // the lower and upper tick of the position
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        // any change in liquidity
        int128 liquidityDelta;
    }
    /// @dev Effect some changes to a position
    /// @param params the position details and the change to the position's liquidity to effect
    /// @return position a storage pointer referencing the position with the given owner and tick range
    /// @return amount0 the amount of token0 owed to the pool, negative if the pool should pay the recipient
    /// @return amount1 the amount of token1 owed to the pool, negative if the pool should pay the recipient
    function _modifyPosition(ModifyPositionParams memory params)
        private
        returns (
            Position.Info storage position,
            int256 amount0,
            int256 amount1
        )
    {
        checkTicks(params.tickLower, params.tickUpper);
        Slot0 memory _slot0 = slot0; // SLOAD for gas optimization
        position = _updatePosition(
            params.owner,
            params.tickLower,
            params.tickUpper,
            params.liquidityDelta,
            _slot0.tick
        );
        if (params.liquidityDelta != 0) {
            if (_slot0.tick < params.tickLower) {
                // current tick is below the passed range; liquidity can only become in range by crossing from left to
                // right, when we'll need _more_ token0 (it's becoming more valuable) so user must provide it
                amount0 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(
                    TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                    TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                    params.liquidityDelta
                );
            } else if (_slot0.tick < params.tickUpper) {
                // current tick is inside the passed range
                uint128 liquidityBefore = liquidity; // SLOAD for gas optimization
                // write an oracle entry
                (slot0.observationIndex, slot0.observationCardinality) = observations.write(
                    _slot0.observationIndex,
                    _blockTimestamp(),
                    _slot0.tick,
                    liquidityBefore,
                    _slot0.observationCardinality,
                    _slot0.observationCardinalityNext
                );
                amount0 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount0Delta(
                    _slot0.sqrtPriceX96,
                    TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                    params.liquidityDelta
                );
                amount1 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(
                    TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                    _slot0.sqrtPriceX96,
                    params.liquidityDelta
                );
                liquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityBefore, params.liquidityDelta);
            } else {
                // current tick is above the passed range; liquidity can only become in range by crossing from right to
                // left, when we'll need _more_ token1 (it's becoming more valuable) so user must provide it
                amount1 = SqrtPriceMath.getAmount1Delta(
                    TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickLower),
                    TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(params.tickUpper),
                    params.liquidityDelta
                );
            }
        }
    }
    /// @dev Gets and updates a position with the given liquidity delta
    /// @param owner the owner of the position
    /// @param tickLower the lower tick of the position's tick range
    /// @param tickUpper the upper tick of the position's tick range
    /// @param tick the current tick, passed to avoid sloads
    function _updatePosition(
        address owner,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        int128 liquidityDelta,
        int24 tick
    ) private returns (Position.Info storage position) {
        position = positions.get(owner, tickLower, tickUpper);
        uint256 _feeGrowthGlobal0X128 = feeGrowthGlobal0X128; // SLOAD for gas optimization
        uint256 _feeGrowthGlobal1X128 = feeGrowthGlobal1X128; // SLOAD for gas optimization
        // if we need to update the ticks, do it
        bool flippedLower;
        bool flippedUpper;
        if (liquidityDelta != 0) {
            uint32 time = _blockTimestamp();
            (int56 tickCumulative, uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) = observations.observeSingle(
                time,
                0,
                slot0.tick,
                slot0.observationIndex,
                liquidity,
                slot0.observationCardinality
            );
            flippedLower = ticks.update(
                tickLower,
                tick,
                liquidityDelta,
                _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                _feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                tickCumulative,
                time,
                false,
                maxLiquidityPerTick
            );
            flippedUpper = ticks.update(
                tickUpper,
                tick,
                liquidityDelta,
                _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
                _feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
                secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                tickCumulative,
                time,
                true,
                maxLiquidityPerTick
            );
            if (flippedLower) {
                tickBitmap.flipTick(tickLower, tickSpacing);
            }
            if (flippedUpper) {
                tickBitmap.flipTick(tickUpper, tickSpacing);
            }
        }
        (uint256 feeGrowthInside0X128, uint256 feeGrowthInside1X128) = ticks.getFeeGrowthInside(
            tickLower,
            tickUpper,
            tick,
            _feeGrowthGlobal0X128,
            _feeGrowthGlobal1X128
        );
        position.update(liquidityDelta, feeGrowthInside0X128, feeGrowthInside1X128);
        // clear any tick data that is no longer needed
        if (liquidityDelta < 0) {
            if (flippedLower) {
                ticks.clear(tickLower);
            }
            if (flippedUpper) {
                ticks.clear(tickUpper);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    /// @dev noDelegateCall is applied indirectly via _modifyPosition
    function mint(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external override lock returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        require(amount > 0);
        (, int256 amount0Int, int256 amount1Int) = _modifyPosition(
            ModifyPositionParams({
                owner: recipient,
                tickLower: tickLower,
                tickUpper: tickUpper,
                liquidityDelta: int256(amount).toInt128()
            })
        );
        amount0 = uint256(amount0Int);
        amount1 = uint256(amount1Int);
        uint256 balance0Before;
        uint256 balance1Before;
        if (amount0 > 0) balance0Before = balance0();
        if (amount1 > 0) balance1Before = balance1();
        IPancakeV3MintCallback(msg.sender).pancakeV3MintCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
        if (amount0 > 0) require(balance0Before.add(amount0) <= balance0(), 'M0');
        if (amount1 > 0) require(balance1Before.add(amount1) <= balance1(), 'M1');
        emit Mint(msg.sender, recipient, tickLower, tickUpper, amount, amount0, amount1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    function collect(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external override lock returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
        // we don't need to checkTicks here, because invalid positions will never have non-zero tokensOwed{0,1}
        Position.Info storage position = positions.get(msg.sender, tickLower, tickUpper);
        amount0 = amount0Requested > position.tokensOwed0 ? position.tokensOwed0 : amount0Requested;
        amount1 = amount1Requested > position.tokensOwed1 ? position.tokensOwed1 : amount1Requested;
        if (amount0 > 0) {
            position.tokensOwed0 -= amount0;
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
        }
        if (amount1 > 0) {
            position.tokensOwed1 -= amount1;
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
        }
        emit Collect(msg.sender, recipient, tickLower, tickUpper, amount0, amount1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    /// @dev noDelegateCall is applied indirectly via _modifyPosition
    function burn(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount
    ) external override lock returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        (Position.Info storage position, int256 amount0Int, int256 amount1Int) = _modifyPosition(
            ModifyPositionParams({
                owner: msg.sender,
                tickLower: tickLower,
                tickUpper: tickUpper,
                liquidityDelta: -int256(amount).toInt128()
            })
        );
        amount0 = uint256(-amount0Int);
        amount1 = uint256(-amount1Int);
        if (amount0 > 0 || amount1 > 0) {
            (position.tokensOwed0, position.tokensOwed1) = (
                position.tokensOwed0 + uint128(amount0),
                position.tokensOwed1 + uint128(amount1)
            );
        }
        emit Burn(msg.sender, tickLower, tickUpper, amount, amount0, amount1);
    }
    struct SwapCache {
        // the protocol fee for the input token
        uint32 feeProtocol;
        // liquidity at the beginning of the swap
        uint128 liquidityStart;
        // the timestamp of the current block
        uint32 blockTimestamp;
        // the current value of the tick accumulator, computed only if we cross an initialized tick
        int56 tickCumulative;
        // the current value of seconds per liquidity accumulator, computed only if we cross an initialized tick
        uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128;
        // whether we've computed and cached the above two accumulators
        bool computedLatestObservation;
    }
    // the top level state of the swap, the results of which are recorded in storage at the end
    struct SwapState {
        // the amount remaining to be swapped in/out of the input/output asset
        int256 amountSpecifiedRemaining;
        // the amount already swapped out/in of the output/input asset
        int256 amountCalculated;
        // current sqrt(price)
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96;
        // the tick associated with the current price
        int24 tick;
        // the global fee growth of the input token
        uint256 feeGrowthGlobalX128;
        // amount of input token paid as protocol fee
        uint128 protocolFee;
        // the current liquidity in range
        uint128 liquidity;
    }
    struct StepComputations {
        // the price at the beginning of the step
        uint160 sqrtPriceStartX96;
        // the next tick to swap to from the current tick in the swap direction
        int24 tickNext;
        // whether tickNext is initialized or not
        bool initialized;
        // sqrt(price) for the next tick (1/0)
        uint160 sqrtPriceNextX96;
        // how much is being swapped in in this step
        uint256 amountIn;
        // how much is being swapped out
        uint256 amountOut;
        // how much fee is being paid in
        uint256 feeAmount;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external override returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1) {
        require(amountSpecified != 0, 'AS');
        Slot0 memory slot0Start = slot0;
        require(slot0Start.unlocked, 'LOK');
        require(
            zeroForOne
                ? sqrtPriceLimitX96 < slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96 && sqrtPriceLimitX96 > TickMath.MIN_SQRT_RATIO
                : sqrtPriceLimitX96 > slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96 && sqrtPriceLimitX96 < TickMath.MAX_SQRT_RATIO,
            'SPL'
        );
        slot0.unlocked = false;
        SwapCache memory cache = SwapCache({
            liquidityStart: liquidity,
            blockTimestamp: _blockTimestamp(),
            feeProtocol: zeroForOne ? (slot0Start.feeProtocol % PROTOCOL_FEE_SP) : (slot0Start.feeProtocol >> 16),
            secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128: 0,
            tickCumulative: 0,
            computedLatestObservation: false
        });
        if (address(lmPool) != address(0)) {
          lmPool.accumulateReward(cache.blockTimestamp);
        }
        bool exactInput = amountSpecified > 0;
        SwapState memory state = SwapState({
            amountSpecifiedRemaining: amountSpecified,
            amountCalculated: 0,
            sqrtPriceX96: slot0Start.sqrtPriceX96,
            tick: slot0Start.tick,
            feeGrowthGlobalX128: zeroForOne ? feeGrowthGlobal0X128 : feeGrowthGlobal1X128,
            protocolFee: 0,
            liquidity: cache.liquidityStart
        });
        // continue swapping as long as we haven't used the entire input/output and haven't reached the price limit
        while (state.amountSpecifiedRemaining != 0 && state.sqrtPriceX96 != sqrtPriceLimitX96) {
            StepComputations memory step;
            step.sqrtPriceStartX96 = state.sqrtPriceX96;
            (step.tickNext, step.initialized) = tickBitmap.nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord(
                state.tick,
                tickSpacing,
                zeroForOne
            );
            // ensure that we do not overshoot the min/max tick, as the tick bitmap is not aware of these bounds
            if (step.tickNext < TickMath.MIN_TICK) {
                step.tickNext = TickMath.MIN_TICK;
            } else if (step.tickNext > TickMath.MAX_TICK) {
                step.tickNext = TickMath.MAX_TICK;
            }
            // get the price for the next tick
            step.sqrtPriceNextX96 = TickMath.getSqrtRatioAtTick(step.tickNext);
            // compute values to swap to the target tick, price limit, or point where input/output amount is exhausted
            (state.sqrtPriceX96, step.amountIn, step.amountOut, step.feeAmount) = SwapMath.computeSwapStep(
                state.sqrtPriceX96,
                (zeroForOne ? step.sqrtPriceNextX96 < sqrtPriceLimitX96 : step.sqrtPriceNextX96 > sqrtPriceLimitX96)
                    ? sqrtPriceLimitX96
                    : step.sqrtPriceNextX96,
                state.liquidity,
                state.amountSpecifiedRemaining,
                fee
            );
            if (exactInput) {
                state.amountSpecifiedRemaining -= (step.amountIn + step.feeAmount).toInt256();
                state.amountCalculated = state.amountCalculated.sub(step.amountOut.toInt256());
            } else {
                state.amountSpecifiedRemaining += step.amountOut.toInt256();
                state.amountCalculated = state.amountCalculated.add((step.amountIn + step.feeAmount).toInt256());
            }
            // if the protocol fee is on, calculate how much is owed, decrement feeAmount, and increment protocolFee
            if (cache.feeProtocol > 0) {
                uint256 delta = (step.feeAmount.mul(cache.feeProtocol)) / PROTOCOL_FEE_DENOMINATOR;
                step.feeAmount -= delta;
                state.protocolFee += uint128(delta);
            }
            // update global fee tracker
            if (state.liquidity > 0)
                state.feeGrowthGlobalX128 += FullMath.mulDiv(step.feeAmount, FixedPoint128.Q128, state.liquidity);
            // shift tick if we reached the next price
            if (state.sqrtPriceX96 == step.sqrtPriceNextX96) {
                // if the tick is initialized, run the tick transition
                if (step.initialized) {
                    // check for the placeholder value, which we replace with the actual value the first time the swap
                    // crosses an initialized tick
                    if (!cache.computedLatestObservation) {
                        (cache.tickCumulative, cache.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128) = observations.observeSingle(
                            cache.blockTimestamp,
                            0,
                            slot0Start.tick,
                            slot0Start.observationIndex,
                            cache.liquidityStart,
                            slot0Start.observationCardinality
                        );
                        cache.computedLatestObservation = true;
                    }
                    if (address(lmPool) != address(0)) {
                      lmPool.crossLmTick(step.tickNext, zeroForOne);
                    }
                    int128 liquidityNet = ticks.cross(
                        step.tickNext,
                        (zeroForOne ? state.feeGrowthGlobalX128 : feeGrowthGlobal0X128),
                        (zeroForOne ? feeGrowthGlobal1X128 : state.feeGrowthGlobalX128),
                        cache.secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
                        cache.tickCumulative,
                        cache.blockTimestamp
                    );
                    // if we're moving leftward, we interpret liquidityNet as the opposite sign
                    // safe because liquidityNet cannot be type(int128).min
                    if (zeroForOne) liquidityNet = -liquidityNet;
                    state.liquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(state.liquidity, liquidityNet);
                }
                state.tick = zeroForOne ? step.tickNext - 1 : step.tickNext;
            } else if (state.sqrtPriceX96 != step.sqrtPriceStartX96) {
                // recompute unless we're on a lower tick boundary (i.e. already transitioned ticks), and haven't moved
                state.tick = TickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(state.sqrtPriceX96);
            }
        }
        // update tick and write an oracle entry if the tick change
        if (state.tick != slot0Start.tick) {
            (uint16 observationIndex, uint16 observationCardinality) = observations.write(
                slot0Start.observationIndex,
                cache.blockTimestamp,
                slot0Start.tick,
                cache.liquidityStart,
                slot0Start.observationCardinality,
                slot0Start.observationCardinalityNext
            );
            (slot0.sqrtPriceX96, slot0.tick, slot0.observationIndex, slot0.observationCardinality) = (
                state.sqrtPriceX96,
                state.tick,
                observationIndex,
                observationCardinality
            );
        } else {
            // otherwise just update the price
            slot0.sqrtPriceX96 = state.sqrtPriceX96;
        }
        // update liquidity if it changed
        if (cache.liquidityStart != state.liquidity) liquidity = state.liquidity;
        uint128 protocolFeesToken0 = 0;
        uint128 protocolFeesToken1 = 0;
        // update fee growth global and, if necessary, protocol fees
        // overflow is acceptable, protocol has to withdraw before it hits type(uint128).max fees
        if (zeroForOne) {
            feeGrowthGlobal0X128 = state.feeGrowthGlobalX128;
            if (state.protocolFee > 0) protocolFees.token0 += state.protocolFee;
            protocolFeesToken0 = state.protocolFee;
        } else {
            feeGrowthGlobal1X128 = state.feeGrowthGlobalX128;
            if (state.protocolFee > 0) protocolFees.token1 += state.protocolFee;
            protocolFeesToken1 = state.protocolFee;
        }
        (amount0, amount1) = zeroForOne == exactInput
            ? (amountSpecified - state.amountSpecifiedRemaining, state.amountCalculated)
            : (state.amountCalculated, amountSpecified - state.amountSpecifiedRemaining);
        // do the transfers and collect payment
        if (zeroForOne) {
            if (amount1 < 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, uint256(-amount1));
            uint256 balance0Before = balance0();
            IPancakeV3SwapCallback(msg.sender).pancakeV3SwapCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
            require(balance0Before.add(uint256(amount0)) <= balance0(), 'IIA');
        } else {
            if (amount0 < 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, uint256(-amount0));
            uint256 balance1Before = balance1();
            IPancakeV3SwapCallback(msg.sender).pancakeV3SwapCallback(amount0, amount1, data);
            require(balance1Before.add(uint256(amount1)) <= balance1(), 'IIA');
        }
        emit Swap(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1, state.sqrtPriceX96, state.liquidity, state.tick, protocolFeesToken0, protocolFeesToken1);
        slot0.unlocked = true;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolActions
    function flash(
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external override lock {
        uint128 _liquidity = liquidity;
        require(_liquidity > 0, 'L');
        uint256 fee0 = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount0, fee, 1e6);
        uint256 fee1 = FullMath.mulDivRoundingUp(amount1, fee, 1e6);
        uint256 balance0Before = balance0();
        uint256 balance1Before = balance1();
        if (amount0 > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
        if (amount1 > 0) TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
        IPancakeV3FlashCallback(msg.sender).pancakeV3FlashCallback(fee0, fee1, data);
        uint256 balance0After = balance0();
        uint256 balance1After = balance1();
        require(balance0Before.add(fee0) <= balance0After, 'F0');
        require(balance1Before.add(fee1) <= balance1After, 'F1');
        // sub is safe because we know balanceAfter is gt balanceBefore by at least fee
        uint256 paid0 = balance0After - balance0Before;
        uint256 paid1 = balance1After - balance1Before;
        if (paid0 > 0) {
            uint32 feeProtocol0 = slot0.feeProtocol % PROTOCOL_FEE_SP;
            uint256 fees0 = feeProtocol0 == 0 ? 0 : (paid0 * feeProtocol0) / PROTOCOL_FEE_DENOMINATOR;
            if (uint128(fees0) > 0) protocolFees.token0 += uint128(fees0);
            feeGrowthGlobal0X128 += FullMath.mulDiv(paid0 - fees0, FixedPoint128.Q128, _liquidity);
        }
        if (paid1 > 0) {
            uint32 feeProtocol1 = slot0.feeProtocol >> 16;
            uint256 fees1 = feeProtocol1 == 0 ? 0 : (paid1 * feeProtocol1) / PROTOCOL_FEE_DENOMINATOR;
            if (uint128(fees1) > 0) protocolFees.token1 += uint128(fees1);
            feeGrowthGlobal1X128 += FullMath.mulDiv(paid1 - fees1, FixedPoint128.Q128, _liquidity);
        }
        emit Flash(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1, paid0, paid1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions
    function setFeeProtocol(uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external override lock onlyFactoryOrFactoryOwner {
        require(
            (feeProtocol0 == 0 || (feeProtocol0 >= 1000 && feeProtocol0 <= 4000)) &&
            (feeProtocol1 == 0 || (feeProtocol1 >= 1000 && feeProtocol1 <= 4000))
        );
        uint32 feeProtocolOld = slot0.feeProtocol;
        slot0.feeProtocol = feeProtocol0 + (feeProtocol1 << 16);
        emit SetFeeProtocol(feeProtocolOld % PROTOCOL_FEE_SP, feeProtocolOld >> 16, feeProtocol0, feeProtocol1);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions
    function collectProtocol(
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external override lock onlyFactoryOrFactoryOwner returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
        amount0 = amount0Requested > protocolFees.token0 ? protocolFees.token0 : amount0Requested;
        amount1 = amount1Requested > protocolFees.token1 ? protocolFees.token1 : amount1Requested;
        if (amount0 > 0) {
            if (amount0 == protocolFees.token0) amount0--; // ensure that the slot is not cleared, for gas savings
            protocolFees.token0 -= amount0;
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token0, recipient, amount0);
        }
        if (amount1 > 0) {
            if (amount1 == protocolFees.token1) amount1--; // ensure that the slot is not cleared, for gas savings
            protocolFees.token1 -= amount1;
            TransferHelper.safeTransfer(token1, recipient, amount1);
        }
        emit CollectProtocol(msg.sender, recipient, amount0, amount1);
    }
    function setLmPool(address _lmPool) external override onlyFactoryOrFactoryOwner {
      lmPool = IPancakeV3LmPool(_lmPool);
      emit SetLmPoolEvent(address(_lmPool));
    }
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV2Pair.sol

pragma solidity >=0.5.0;

interface IUniswapV2Pair {
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);

    function name() external pure returns (string memory);
    function symbol() external pure returns (string memory);
    function decimals() external pure returns (uint8);
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);

    function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);
    function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);

    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
    function PERMIT_TYPEHASH() external pure returns (bytes32);
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint);

    function permit(address owner, address spender, uint value, uint deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;

    event Mint(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1);
    event Burn(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, address indexed to);
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        uint amount0In,
        uint amount1In,
        uint amount0Out,
        uint amount1Out,
        address indexed to
    );
    event Sync(uint112 reserve0, uint112 reserve1);

    function MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY() external pure returns (uint);
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    function getReserves() external view returns (uint112 reserve0, uint112 reserve1, uint32 blockTimestampLast);
    function price0CumulativeLast() external view returns (uint);
    function price1CumulativeLast() external view returns (uint);
    function kLast() external view returns (uint);

    function mint(address to) external returns (uint liquidity);
    function burn(address to) external returns (uint amount0, uint amount1);
    function swap(uint amount0Out, uint amount1Out, address to, bytes calldata data) external;
    function skim(address to) external;
    function sync() external;

    function initialize(address, address) external;
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV2ERC20.sol

pragma solidity >=0.5.0;

interface IUniswapV2ERC20 {
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);

    function name() external pure returns (string memory);
    function symbol() external pure returns (string memory);
    function decimals() external pure returns (uint8);
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);

    function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);
    function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);

    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
    function PERMIT_TYPEHASH() external pure returns (bytes32);
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint);

    function permit(address owner, address spender, uint value, uint deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external;
}

// File: contracts/libraries/SafeMath.sol

pragma solidity =0.5.16;

// a library for performing overflow-safe math, courtesy of DappHub (https://github.com/dapphub/ds-math)

library SafeMath {
    function add(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
        require((z = x + y) >= x, 'ds-math-add-overflow');
    }

    function sub(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
        require((z = x - y) <= x, 'ds-math-sub-underflow');
    }

    function mul(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
        require(y == 0 || (z = x * y) / y == x, 'ds-math-mul-overflow');
    }
}

// File: contracts/UniswapV2ERC20.sol

pragma solidity =0.5.16;



contract UniswapV2ERC20 is IUniswapV2ERC20 {
    using SafeMath for uint;

    string public constant name = 'Uniswap V2';
    string public constant symbol = 'UNI-V2';
    uint8 public constant decimals = 18;
    uint  public totalSupply;
    mapping(address => uint) public balanceOf;
    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint)) public allowance;

    bytes32 public DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;
    // keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");
    bytes32 public constant PERMIT_TYPEHASH = 0x6e71edae12b1b97f4d1f60370fef10105fa2faae0126114a169c64845d6126c9;
    mapping(address => uint) public nonces;

    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);

    constructor() public {
        uint chainId;
        assembly {
            chainId := chainid
        }
        DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = keccak256(
            abi.encode(
                keccak256('EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)'),
                keccak256(bytes(name)),
                keccak256(bytes('1')),
                chainId,
                address(this)
            )
        );
    }

    function _mint(address to, uint value) internal {
        totalSupply = totalSupply.add(value);
        balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(value);
        emit Transfer(address(0), to, value);
    }

    function _burn(address from, uint value) internal {
        balanceOf[from] = balanceOf[from].sub(value);
        totalSupply = totalSupply.sub(value);
        emit Transfer(from, address(0), value);
    }

    function _approve(address owner, address spender, uint value) private {
        allowance[owner][spender] = value;
        emit Approval(owner, spender, value);
    }

    function _transfer(address from, address to, uint value) private {
        balanceOf[from] = balanceOf[from].sub(value);
        balanceOf[to] = balanceOf[to].add(value);
        emit Transfer(from, to, value);
    }

    function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool) {
        _approve(msg.sender, spender, value);
        return true;
    }

    function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool) {
        _transfer(msg.sender, to, value);
        return true;
    }

    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool) {
        if (allowance[from][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
            allowance[from][msg.sender] = allowance[from][msg.sender].sub(value);
        }
        _transfer(from, to, value);
        return true;
    }

    function permit(address owner, address spender, uint value, uint deadline, uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s) external {
        require(deadline >= block.timestamp, 'UniswapV2: EXPIRED');
        bytes32 digest = keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
                '\x19\x01',
                DOMAIN_SEPARATOR,
                keccak256(abi.encode(PERMIT_TYPEHASH, owner, spender, value, nonces[owner]++, deadline))
            )
        );
        address recoveredAddress = ecrecover(digest, v, r, s);
        require(recoveredAddress != address(0) && recoveredAddress == owner, 'UniswapV2: INVALID_SIGNATURE');
        _approve(owner, spender, value);
    }
}

// File: contracts/libraries/Math.sol

pragma solidity =0.5.16;

// a library for performing various math operations

library Math {
    function min(uint x, uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
        z = x < y ? x : y;
    }

    // babylonian method (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Methods_of_computing_square_roots#Babylonian_method)
    function sqrt(uint y) internal pure returns (uint z) {
        if (y > 3) {
            z = y;
            uint x = y / 2 + 1;
            while (x < z) {
                z = x;
                x = (y / x + x) / 2;
            }
        } else if (y != 0) {
            z = 1;
        }
    }
}

// File: contracts/libraries/UQ112x112.sol

pragma solidity =0.5.16;

// a library for handling binary fixed point numbers (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format))

// range: [0, 2**112 - 1]
// resolution: 1 / 2**112

library UQ112x112 {
    uint224 constant Q112 = 2**112;

    // encode a uint112 as a UQ112x112
    function encode(uint112 y) internal pure returns (uint224 z) {
        z = uint224(y) * Q112; // never overflows
    }

    // divide a UQ112x112 by a uint112, returning a UQ112x112
    function uqdiv(uint224 x, uint112 y) internal pure returns (uint224 z) {
        z = x / uint224(y);
    }
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IERC20.sol

pragma solidity >=0.5.0;

interface IERC20 {
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);

    function name() external view returns (string memory);
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);

    function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);
    function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV2Factory.sol

pragma solidity >=0.5.0;

interface IUniswapV2Factory {
    event PairCreated(address indexed token0, address indexed token1, address pair, uint);

    function feeTo() external view returns (address);
    function feeToSetter() external view returns (address);

    function getPair(address tokenA, address tokenB) external view returns (address pair);
    function allPairs(uint) external view returns (address pair);
    function allPairsLength() external view returns (uint);

    function createPair(address tokenA, address tokenB) external returns (address pair);

    function setFeeTo(address) external;
    function setFeeToSetter(address) external;
}

// File: contracts/interfaces/IUniswapV2Callee.sol

pragma solidity >=0.5.0;

interface IUniswapV2Callee {
    function uniswapV2Call(address sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, bytes calldata data) external;
}

// File: contracts/UniswapV2Pair.sol

pragma solidity =0.5.16;








contract UniswapV2Pair is IUniswapV2Pair, UniswapV2ERC20 {
    using SafeMath  for uint;
    using UQ112x112 for uint224;

    uint public constant MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY = 10**3;
    bytes4 private constant SELECTOR = bytes4(keccak256(bytes('transfer(address,uint256)')));

    address public factory;
    address public token0;
    address public token1;

    uint112 private reserve0;           // uses single storage slot, accessible via getReserves
    uint112 private reserve1;           // uses single storage slot, accessible via getReserves
    uint32  private blockTimestampLast; // uses single storage slot, accessible via getReserves

    uint public price0CumulativeLast;
    uint public price1CumulativeLast;
    uint public kLast; // reserve0 * reserve1, as of immediately after the most recent liquidity event

    uint private unlocked = 1;
    modifier lock() {
        require(unlocked == 1, 'UniswapV2: LOCKED');
        unlocked = 0;
        _;
        unlocked = 1;
    }

    function getReserves() public view returns (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1, uint32 _blockTimestampLast) {
        _reserve0 = reserve0;
        _reserve1 = reserve1;
        _blockTimestampLast = blockTimestampLast;
    }

    function _safeTransfer(address token, address to, uint value) private {
        (bool success, bytes memory data) = token.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(SELECTOR, to, value));
        require(success && (data.length == 0 || abi.decode(data, (bool))), 'UniswapV2: TRANSFER_FAILED');
    }

    event Mint(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1);
    event Burn(address indexed sender, uint amount0, uint amount1, address indexed to);
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        uint amount0In,
        uint amount1In,
        uint amount0Out,
        uint amount1Out,
        address indexed to
    );
    event Sync(uint112 reserve0, uint112 reserve1);

    constructor() public {
        factory = msg.sender;
    }

    // called once by the factory at time of deployment
    function initialize(address _token0, address _token1) external {
        require(msg.sender == factory, 'UniswapV2: FORBIDDEN'); // sufficient check
        token0 = _token0;
        token1 = _token1;
    }

    // update reserves and, on the first call per block, price accumulators
    function _update(uint balance0, uint balance1, uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1) private {
        require(balance0 <= uint112(-1) && balance1 <= uint112(-1), 'UniswapV2: OVERFLOW');
        uint32 blockTimestamp = uint32(block.timestamp % 2**32);
        uint32 timeElapsed = blockTimestamp - blockTimestampLast; // overflow is desired
        if (timeElapsed > 0 && _reserve0 != 0 && _reserve1 != 0) {
            // * never overflows, and + overflow is desired
            price0CumulativeLast += uint(UQ112x112.encode(_reserve1).uqdiv(_reserve0)) * timeElapsed;
            price1CumulativeLast += uint(UQ112x112.encode(_reserve0).uqdiv(_reserve1)) * timeElapsed;
        }
        reserve0 = uint112(balance0);
        reserve1 = uint112(balance1);
        blockTimestampLast = blockTimestamp;
        emit Sync(reserve0, reserve1);
    }

    // if fee is on, mint liquidity equivalent to 1/6th of the growth in sqrt(k)
    function _mintFee(uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1) private returns (bool feeOn) {
        address feeTo = IUniswapV2Factory(factory).feeTo();
        feeOn = feeTo != address(0);
        uint _kLast = kLast; // gas savings
        if (feeOn) {
            if (_kLast != 0) {
                uint rootK = Math.sqrt(uint(_reserve0).mul(_reserve1));
                uint rootKLast = Math.sqrt(_kLast);
                if (rootK > rootKLast) {
                    uint numerator = totalSupply.mul(rootK.sub(rootKLast));
                    uint denominator = rootK.mul(5).add(rootKLast);
                    uint liquidity = numerator / denominator;
                    if (liquidity > 0) _mint(feeTo, liquidity);
                }
            }
        } else if (_kLast != 0) {
            kLast = 0;
        }
    }

    // this low-level function should be called from a contract which performs important safety checks
    function mint(address to) external lock returns (uint liquidity) {
        (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1,) = getReserves(); // gas savings
        uint balance0 = IERC20(token0).balanceOf(address(this));
        uint balance1 = IERC20(token1).balanceOf(address(this));
        uint amount0 = balance0.sub(_reserve0);
        uint amount1 = balance1.sub(_reserve1);

        bool feeOn = _mintFee(_reserve0, _reserve1);
        uint _totalSupply = totalSupply; // gas savings, must be defined here since totalSupply can update in _mintFee
        if (_totalSupply == 0) {
            liquidity = Math.sqrt(amount0.mul(amount1)).sub(MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY);
           _mint(address(0), MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY); // permanently lock the first MINIMUM_LIQUIDITY tokens
        } else {
            liquidity = Math.min(amount0.mul(_totalSupply) / _reserve0, amount1.mul(_totalSupply) / _reserve1);
        }
        require(liquidity > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_LIQUIDITY_MINTED');
        _mint(to, liquidity);

        _update(balance0, balance1, _reserve0, _reserve1);
        if (feeOn) kLast = uint(reserve0).mul(reserve1); // reserve0 and reserve1 are up-to-date
        emit Mint(msg.sender, amount0, amount1);
    }

    // this low-level function should be called from a contract which performs important safety checks
    function burn(address to) external lock returns (uint amount0, uint amount1) {
        (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1,) = getReserves(); // gas savings
        address _token0 = token0;                                // gas savings
        address _token1 = token1;                                // gas savings
        uint balance0 = IERC20(_token0).balanceOf(address(this));
        uint balance1 = IERC20(_token1).balanceOf(address(this));
        uint liquidity = balanceOf[address(this)];

        bool feeOn = _mintFee(_reserve0, _reserve1);
        uint _totalSupply = totalSupply; // gas savings, must be defined here since totalSupply can update in _mintFee
        amount0 = liquidity.mul(balance0) / _totalSupply; // using balances ensures pro-rata distribution
        amount1 = liquidity.mul(balance1) / _totalSupply; // using balances ensures pro-rata distribution
        require(amount0 > 0 && amount1 > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_LIQUIDITY_BURNED');
        _burn(address(this), liquidity);
        _safeTransfer(_token0, to, amount0);
        _safeTransfer(_token1, to, amount1);
        balance0 = IERC20(_token0).balanceOf(address(this));
        balance1 = IERC20(_token1).balanceOf(address(this));

        _update(balance0, balance1, _reserve0, _reserve1);
        if (feeOn) kLast = uint(reserve0).mul(reserve1); // reserve0 and reserve1 are up-to-date
        emit Burn(msg.sender, amount0, amount1, to);
    }

    // this low-level function should be called from a contract which performs important safety checks
    function swap(uint amount0Out, uint amount1Out, address to, bytes calldata data) external lock {
        require(amount0Out > 0 || amount1Out > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_OUTPUT_AMOUNT');
        (uint112 _reserve0, uint112 _reserve1,) = getReserves(); // gas savings
        require(amount0Out < _reserve0 && amount1Out < _reserve1, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_LIQUIDITY');

        uint balance0;
        uint balance1;
        { // scope for _token{0,1}, avoids stack too deep errors
        address _token0 = token0;
        address _token1 = token1;
        require(to != _token0 && to != _token1, 'UniswapV2: INVALID_TO');
        if (amount0Out > 0) _safeTransfer(_token0, to, amount0Out); // optimistically transfer tokens
        if (amount1Out > 0) _safeTransfer(_token1, to, amount1Out); // optimistically transfer tokens
        if (data.length > 0) IUniswapV2Callee(to).uniswapV2Call(msg.sender, amount0Out, amount1Out, data);
        balance0 = IERC20(_token0).balanceOf(address(this));
        balance1 = IERC20(_token1).balanceOf(address(this));
        }
        uint amount0In = balance0 > _reserve0 - amount0Out ? balance0 - (_reserve0 - amount0Out) : 0;
        uint amount1In = balance1 > _reserve1 - amount1Out ? balance1 - (_reserve1 - amount1Out) : 0;
        require(amount0In > 0 || amount1In > 0, 'UniswapV2: INSUFFICIENT_INPUT_AMOUNT');
        { // scope for reserve{0,1}Adjusted, avoids stack too deep errors
        uint balance0Adjusted = balance0.mul(1000).sub(amount0In.mul(3));
        uint balance1Adjusted = balance1.mul(1000).sub(amount1In.mul(3));
        require(balance0Adjusted.mul(balance1Adjusted) >= uint(_reserve0).mul(_reserve1).mul(1000**2), 'UniswapV2: K');
        }

        _update(balance0, balance1, _reserve0, _reserve1);
        emit Swap(msg.sender, amount0In, amount1In, amount0Out, amount1Out, to);
    }

    // force balances to match reserves
    function skim(address to) external lock {
        address _token0 = token0; // gas savings
        address _token1 = token1; // gas savings
        _safeTransfer(_token0, to, IERC20(_token0).balanceOf(address(this)).sub(reserve0));
        _safeTransfer(_token1, to, IERC20(_token1).balanceOf(address(this)).sub(reserve1));
    }

    // force reserves to match balances
    function sync() external lock {
        _update(IERC20(token0).balanceOf(address(this)), IERC20(token1).balanceOf(address(this)), reserve0, reserve1);
    }
}

// Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub

// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.4.18;

contract WETH9 {
    string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
    string public symbol   = "WETH";
    uint8  public decimals = 18;

    event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
    event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
    event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);

    mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;

    function() public payable {
        deposit();
    }
    function deposit() public payable {
        balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
        Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
    function withdraw(uint wad) public {
        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
        msg.sender.transfer(wad);
        Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
    }

    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
        return this.balance;
    }

    function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
        Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
        return true;
    }

    function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
        return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
    }

    function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
        public
        returns (bool)
    {
        require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);

        if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
            require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
            allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
        }

        balanceOf[src] -= wad;
        balanceOf[dst] += wad;

        Transfer(src, dst, wad);

        return true;
    }
}


/*
                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                       Version 3, 29 June 2007

 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.

                            Preamble

  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.

  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.

  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.

  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.

  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.

  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.

  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

  0. Definitions.

  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.

  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.

  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.

  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.

  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.

  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.

  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.

  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.

  1. Source Code.

  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.

  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.

  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.

  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.

  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.

  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.

  2. Basic Permissions.

  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.

  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.

  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.

  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.

  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.

  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.

  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.

  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.

  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.

  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.

  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:

    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
    it, and giving a relevant date.

    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
    released under this License and any conditions added under section
    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
    "keep intact all notices".

    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.

    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
    work need not make them do so.

  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.

  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.

  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:

    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
    customarily used for software interchange.

    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.

    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
    with subsection 6b.

    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.

    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
    charge under subsection 6d.

  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.

  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.

  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.

  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).

  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.

  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.

  7. Additional Terms.

  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.

  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:

    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or

    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
    Notices displayed by works containing it; or

    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or

    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
    authors of the material; or

    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or

    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
    those licensors and authors.

  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.

  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.

  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.

  8. Termination.

  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).

  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.

  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.

  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.

  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.

  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.

  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.

  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.

  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.

  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.

  11. Patents.

  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".

  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.

  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.

  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.

  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.

  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.

  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.

  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.

  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.

  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.

  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.

  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.

  14. Revised Versions of this License.

  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.

  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.

  Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.

  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.

  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

  16. Limitation of Liability.

  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.

  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.

  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.

                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS

            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>

    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
    (at your option) any later version.

    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
    GNU General Public License for more details.

    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:

    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".

  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

*/

{"AccessControl.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./Context.sol\";\nimport \"./Strings.sol\";\nimport \"./ERC165.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.\n */\ninterface IAccessControl {\n    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);\n\n    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);\n\n    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;\n\n    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;\n\n    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;\n}\n\n/**\n * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access\n * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn\u0027t allow enumerating role\n * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some\n * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see\n * {AccessControlEnumerable}.\n *\n * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed\n * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by\n * using `public constant` hash digests:\n *\n * ```\n * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256(\"MY_ROLE\");\n * ```\n *\n * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a\n * function call, use {hasRole}:\n *\n * ```\n * function foo() public {\n *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));\n *     ...\n * }\n * ```\n *\n * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and\n * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only\n * accounts that have a role\u0027s admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.\n *\n * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means\n * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other\n * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using\n * {_setRoleAdmin}.\n *\n * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to\n * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure\n * accounts that have been granted it.\n */\nabstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {\n    struct RoleData {\n        mapping(address =\u003e bool) members;\n        bytes32 adminRole;\n    }\n\n    mapping(bytes32 =\u003e RoleData) private _roles;\n\n    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``\u0027s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`\n     *\n     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite\n     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.\n     *\n     * _Available since v3.1._\n     */\n    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.\n     *\n     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role\n     * bearer except when using {_setupRole}.\n     */\n    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.\n     *\n     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:\n     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer\n     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)\n     */\n    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts\n     * with a standardized message including the required role.\n     *\n     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:\n     *\n     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{20}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{32})$/\n     *\n     * _Available since v4.1._\n     */\n    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {\n        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());\n        _;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.\n     */\n    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {\n        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.\n     */\n    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view override returns (bool) {\n        return _roles[role].members[account];\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.\n     *\n     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:\n     *\n     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{20}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{32})$/\n     */\n    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view {\n        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {\n            revert(\n                string(\n                    abi.encodePacked(\n                        \"AccessControl: account \",\n                        Strings.toHexString(uint160(account), 20),\n                        \" is missing role \",\n                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)\n                    )\n                )\n            );\n        }\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and\n     * {revokeRole}.\n     *\n     * To change a role\u0027s admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.\n     */\n    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view override returns (bytes32) {\n        return _roles[role].adminRole;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.\n     *\n     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}\n     * event.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must have ``role``\u0027s admin role.\n     */\n    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {\n        _grantRole(role, account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.\n     *\n     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must have ``role``\u0027s admin role.\n     */\n    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {\n        _revokeRole(role, account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.\n     *\n     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function\u0027s\n     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges\n     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).\n     *\n     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}\n     * event.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must be `account`.\n     */\n    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {\n        require(account == _msgSender(), \"AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self\");\n\n        _revokeRole(role, account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.\n     *\n     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}\n     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn\u0027t perform any\n     * checks on the calling account.\n     *\n     * [WARNING]\n     * ====\n     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting\n     * up the initial roles for the system.\n     *\n     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin\n     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.\n     * ====\n     */\n    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {\n        _grantRole(role, account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``\u0027s admin role.\n     *\n     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.\n     */\n    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {\n        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, getRoleAdmin(role), adminRole);\n        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;\n    }\n\n    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) private {\n        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {\n            _roles[role].members[account] = true;\n            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());\n        }\n    }\n\n    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) private {\n        if (hasRole(role, account)) {\n            _roles[role].members[account] = false;\n            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());\n        }\n    }\n}\n"},"AccessControlEnumerable.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./AccessControl.sol\";\nimport \"./EnumerableSet.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.\n */\ninterface IAccessControlEnumerable {\n    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);\n\n    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);\n}\n\n/**\n * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.\n */\nabstract contract AccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControlEnumerable, AccessControl {\n    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;\n\n    mapping(bytes32 =\u003e EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.\n     */\n    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {\n        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a\n     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.\n     *\n     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may\n     * change at any point.\n     *\n     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure\n     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following\n     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]\n     * for more information.\n     */\n    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view override returns (address) {\n        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used\n     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.\n     */\n    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view override returns (uint256) {\n        return _roleMembers[role].length();\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Overload {grantRole} to track enumerable memberships\n     */\n    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {\n        super.grantRole(role, account);\n        _roleMembers[role].add(account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Overload {revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships\n     */\n    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {\n        super.revokeRole(role, account);\n        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Overload {renounceRole} to track enumerable memberships\n     */\n    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {\n        super.renounceRole(role, account);\n        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Overload {_setupRole} to track enumerable memberships\n     */\n    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {\n        super._setupRole(role, account);\n        _roleMembers[role].add(account);\n    }\n}\n"},"Context.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\n/*\n * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the\n * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available\n * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct\n * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and\n * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application\n * is concerned).\n *\n * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.\n */\nabstract contract Context {\n    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {\n        return msg.sender;\n    }\n\n    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {\n        return msg.data;\n    }\n}\n"},"DimitraToken.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\npragma solidity 0.8.6;\n\nimport \"./ERC20PresetMinterPauser.sol\";\n\ncontract DimitraToken is ERC20PresetMinterPauser {\n    uint public immutable cap;\n    bytes32 private constant ISSUER_ROLE = keccak256(\"ISSUER_ROLE\");\n  \n    mapping (address =\u003e mapping(uint =\u003e uint)) private lockBoxMap; // Mapping of user =\u003e releaseTime =\u003e amount\n    mapping (address =\u003e uint[]) private userReleaseTimes; // user =\u003e releaseTime array\n    uint [] private updatedReleaseTimes;\n\n    uint public totalLockBoxBalance;\n\n    event LogIssueLockedTokens(address sender, address recipient, uint amount, uint releaseTime);\n\n    constructor() ERC20PresetMinterPauser(\"Dimitra Token\", \"DMTR\") {\n        cap = 1000000000 * (10 ** uint(decimals())); // Cap limit set to 1 billion tokens\n        _setupRole(ISSUER_ROLE,_msgSender());\n    }\n\n    function mint(address account, uint256 amount) public virtual override {\n        require(ERC20.totalSupply() + amount \u003c= cap, \"DimitraToken: Cap exceeded\");\n        ERC20PresetMinterPauser.mint(account, amount);\n    }\n\n    function issueLockedTokens(address recipient, uint lockAmount, uint releaseTime) public { // NOTE: releaseTime is date calculated in front end (at 12:00:00 AM)\n        address sender = _msgSender();\n\n        require(hasRole(ISSUER_ROLE, sender), \"DimitraToken: Must have issuer role to issue locked tokens\");\n        require(releaseTime \u003e block.timestamp, \"DimitraToken: Release time must be greater than current block time\");\n\n        lockBoxMap[recipient][releaseTime] += lockAmount;\n\n        bool releaseTimeExists = false;\n        for (uint i=0; i\u003cuserReleaseTimes[recipient].length; i++) { // for a given recipient, release times should be unique\n            if (userReleaseTimes[recipient][i] == releaseTime) {\n                releaseTimeExists = true;\n            }\n        }\n        if (!releaseTimeExists) {\n            userReleaseTimes[recipient].push(releaseTime);\n        }\n        totalLockBoxBalance += lockAmount;\n\n        _transfer(sender, recipient, lockAmount);\n\n        emit LogIssueLockedTokens(msg.sender, recipient, lockAmount, releaseTime);\n    }\n\n    function _transfer (address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) internal override {\n        unlockTokens(sender,amount);\n        return super._transfer(sender, recipient, amount);\n    }\n\n    function unlockTokens(address sender, uint amount) internal {\n        uint256 len = userReleaseTimes[sender].length;\n        uint256 j;\n        uint lockedAmount;\n        for (uint i = 0; i \u003c len; i++) { // Release all expired locks\n            uint256 releaseTime = userReleaseTimes[sender][j];\n            if(block.timestamp \u003c= releaseTime) {\n                lockedAmount += lockBoxMap[sender][releaseTime];\n                j++;\n            } else {\n                totalLockBoxBalance -= lockBoxMap[sender][releaseTime];\n                delete lockBoxMap[sender][releaseTime];\n                userReleaseTimes[sender][j] = userReleaseTimes[sender][userReleaseTimes[sender].length - 1];\n                userReleaseTimes[sender].pop();\n            }\n        }\n        require(balanceOf(sender) - lockedAmount \u003e= amount, \"DimitraToken: Insufficient balance\");\n    }\n\n    function getLockedBalance(address user) public view returns (uint userLockBoxBalance) {\n        uint[] memory releaseTimes = userReleaseTimes[user];\n\n        for (uint i = 0; i \u003c releaseTimes.length; i++) {\n            if (block.timestamp \u003c= releaseTimes[i]) {\n                userLockBoxBalance += lockBoxMap[user][releaseTimes[i]];\n            }\n        }\n    }\n\n    function getReleasedBalance(address user) public view returns (uint) {\n        return balanceOf(user) - getLockedBalance(user);\n    }\n}\n"},"EnumerableSet.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\n/**\n * @dev Library for managing\n * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive\n * types.\n *\n * Sets have the following properties:\n *\n * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time\n * (O(1)).\n * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.\n *\n * ```\n * contract Example {\n *     // Add the library methods\n *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;\n *\n *     // Declare a set state variable\n *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;\n * }\n * ```\n *\n * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)\n * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.\n */\nlibrary EnumerableSet {\n    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code\n    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with\n    // bytes32 values.\n    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing\n    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the\n    // underlying Set.\n    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit\n    // in bytes32.\n\n    struct Set {\n        // Storage of set values\n        bytes32[] _values;\n        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0\n        // means a value is not in the set.\n        mapping(bytes32 =\u003e uint256) _indexes;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not\n     * already present.\n     */\n    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {\n        if (!_contains(set, value)) {\n            set._values.push(value);\n            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes\n            // and use 0 as a sentinel value\n            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;\n            return true;\n        } else {\n            return false;\n        }\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was\n     * present.\n     */\n    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {\n        // We read and store the value\u0027s index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot\n        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];\n\n        if (valueIndex != 0) {\n            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)\n            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in\n            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as \u0027swap and pop\u0027).\n            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.\n\n            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;\n            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;\n\n            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {\n                bytes32 lastvalue = set._values[lastIndex];\n\n                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is\n                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastvalue;\n                // Update the index for the moved value\n                set._indexes[lastvalue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastvalue\u0027s index to valueIndex\n            }\n\n            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored\n            set._values.pop();\n\n            // Delete the index for the deleted slot\n            delete set._indexes[value];\n\n            return true;\n        } else {\n            return false;\n        }\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {\n        return set._indexes[value] != 0;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {\n        return set._values.length;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the\n     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.\n     */\n    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {\n        return set._values[index];\n    }\n\n    // Bytes32Set\n\n    struct Bytes32Set {\n        Set _inner;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not\n     * already present.\n     */\n    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {\n        return _add(set._inner, value);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was\n     * present.\n     */\n    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {\n        return _remove(set._inner, value);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {\n        return _contains(set._inner, value);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {\n        return _length(set._inner);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the\n     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.\n     */\n    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {\n        return _at(set._inner, index);\n    }\n\n    // AddressSet\n\n    struct AddressSet {\n        Set _inner;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not\n     * already present.\n     */\n    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {\n        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was\n     * present.\n     */\n    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {\n        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {\n        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {\n        return _length(set._inner);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the\n     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.\n     */\n    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {\n        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));\n    }\n\n    // UintSet\n\n    struct UintSet {\n        Set _inner;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not\n     * already present.\n     */\n    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {\n        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was\n     * present.\n     */\n    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {\n        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {\n        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).\n     */\n    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {\n        return _length(set._inner);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).\n     *\n     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the\n     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.\n     */\n    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {\n        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));\n    }\n}\n"},"ERC165.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./IERC165.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.\n *\n * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check\n * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:\n *\n * ```solidity\n * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {\n *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);\n * }\n * ```\n *\n * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.\n */\nabstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.\n     */\n    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {\n        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;\n    }\n}\n"},"ERC20.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./IERC20.sol\";\nimport \"./IERC20Metadata.sol\";\nimport \"./Context.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.\n *\n * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means\n * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.\n * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.\n *\n * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide\n * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How\n * to implement supply mechanisms].\n *\n * We have followed general OpenZeppelin guidelines: functions revert instead\n * of returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless conventional\n * and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20 applications.\n *\n * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.\n * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just\n * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit\n * these events, as it isn\u0027t required by the specification.\n *\n * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}\n * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting\n * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.\n */\ncontract ERC20 is Context, IERC20, IERC20Metadata {\n    mapping(address =\u003e uint256) private _balances;\n\n    mapping(address =\u003e mapping(address =\u003e uint256)) private _allowances;\n\n    uint256 private _totalSupply;\n\n    string private _name;\n    string private _symbol;\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.\n     *\n     * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for\n     * {decimals} you should overload it.\n     *\n     * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during\n     * construction.\n     */\n    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {\n        _name = name_;\n        _symbol = symbol_;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the name of the token.\n     */\n    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {\n        return _name;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the\n     * name.\n     */\n    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {\n        return _symbol;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.\n     * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should\n     * be displayed to a user as `5,05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).\n     *\n     * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between\n     * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is\n     * overridden;\n     *\n     * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in\n     * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including\n     * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.\n     */\n    function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {\n        return 18;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.\n     */\n    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {\n        return _totalSupply;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.\n     */\n    function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {\n        return _balances[account];\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.\n     */\n    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {\n        _transfer(_msgSender(), recipient, amount);\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.\n     */\n    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {\n        return _allowances[owner][spender];\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.\n     */\n    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {\n        _approve(_msgSender(), spender, amount);\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.\n     *\n     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not\n     * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `sender` and `recipient` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.\n     * - the caller must have allowance for ``sender``\u0027s tokens of at least\n     * `amount`.\n     */\n    function transferFrom(\n        address sender,\n        address recipient,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) public virtual override returns (bool) {\n        _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);\n\n        uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[sender][_msgSender()];\n        require(currentAllowance \u003e= amount, \"ERC20: transfer amount exceeds allowance\");\n        unchecked {\n            _approve(sender, _msgSender(), currentAllowance - amount);\n        }\n\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.\n     *\n     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for\n     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.\n     *\n     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.\n     */\n    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {\n        _approve(_msgSender(), spender, _allowances[_msgSender()][spender] + addedValue);\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.\n     *\n     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for\n     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.\n     *\n     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least\n     * `subtractedValue`.\n     */\n    function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {\n        uint256 currentAllowance = _allowances[_msgSender()][spender];\n        require(currentAllowance \u003e= subtractedValue, \"ERC20: decreased allowance below zero\");\n        unchecked {\n            _approve(_msgSender(), spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);\n        }\n\n        return true;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Moves `amount` of tokens from `sender` to `recipient`.\n     *\n     * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to\n     * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.\n     *\n     * Emits a {Transfer} event.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.\n     */\n    function _transfer(\n        address sender,\n        address recipient,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) internal virtual {\n        require(sender != address(0), \"ERC20: transfer from the zero address\");\n        require(recipient != address(0), \"ERC20: transfer to the zero address\");\n\n        _beforeTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);\n\n        uint256 senderBalance = _balances[sender];\n        require(senderBalance \u003e= amount, \"ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance\");\n        unchecked {\n            _balances[sender] = senderBalance - amount;\n        }\n        _balances[recipient] += amount;\n\n        emit Transfer(sender, recipient, amount);\n\n        _afterTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);\n    }\n\n    /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing\n     * the total supply.\n     *\n     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.\n     */\n    function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {\n        require(account != address(0), \"ERC20: mint to the zero address\");\n\n        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);\n\n        _totalSupply += amount;\n        _balances[account] += amount;\n        emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);\n\n        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the\n     * total supply.\n     *\n     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.\n     */\n    function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {\n        require(account != address(0), \"ERC20: burn from the zero address\");\n\n        _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);\n\n        uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];\n        require(accountBalance \u003e= amount, \"ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance\");\n        unchecked {\n            _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;\n        }\n        _totalSupply -= amount;\n\n        emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);\n\n        _afterTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.\n     *\n     * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to\n     * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.\n     *\n     * Emits an {Approval} event.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.\n     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.\n     */\n    function _approve(\n        address owner,\n        address spender,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) internal virtual {\n        require(owner != address(0), \"ERC20: approve from the zero address\");\n        require(spender != address(0), \"ERC20: approve to the zero address\");\n\n        _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;\n        emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes\n     * minting and burning.\n     *\n     * Calling conditions:\n     *\n     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``\u0027s tokens\n     * will be transferred to `to`.\n     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.\n     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``\u0027s tokens will be burned.\n     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.\n     *\n     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].\n     */\n    function _beforeTokenTransfer(\n        address from,\n        address to,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) internal virtual {}\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes\n     * minting and burning.\n     *\n     * Calling conditions:\n     *\n     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``\u0027s tokens\n     * has been transferred to `to`.\n     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens have been minted for `to`.\n     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``\u0027s tokens have been burned.\n     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.\n     *\n     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].\n     */\n    function _afterTokenTransfer(\n        address from,\n        address to,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) internal virtual {}\n}\n"},"ERC20Burnable.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./ERC20.sol\";\nimport \"./Context.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev Extension of {ERC20} that allows token holders to destroy both their own\n * tokens and those that they have an allowance for, in a way that can be\n * recognized off-chain (via event analysis).\n */\nabstract contract ERC20Burnable is Context, ERC20 {\n    /**\n     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from the caller.\n     *\n     * See {ERC20-_burn}.\n     */\n    function burn(uint256 amount) public virtual {\n        _burn(_msgSender(), amount);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, deducting from the caller\u0027s\n     * allowance.\n     *\n     * See {ERC20-_burn} and {ERC20-allowance}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must have allowance for ``accounts``\u0027s tokens of at least\n     * `amount`.\n     */\n    function burnFrom(address account, uint256 amount) public virtual {\n        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(account, _msgSender());\n        require(currentAllowance \u003e= amount, \"ERC20: burn amount exceeds allowance\");\n        unchecked {\n            _approve(account, _msgSender(), currentAllowance - amount);\n        }\n        _burn(account, amount);\n    }\n}\n"},"ERC20Pausable.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./ERC20.sol\";\nimport \"./Pausable.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev ERC20 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.\n *\n * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation\n * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the\n * event of a large bug.\n */\nabstract contract ERC20Pausable is ERC20, Pausable {\n    /**\n     * @dev See {ERC20-_beforeTokenTransfer}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the contract must not be paused.\n     */\n    function _beforeTokenTransfer(\n        address from,\n        address to,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) internal virtual override {\n        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);\n\n        require(!paused(), \"ERC20Pausable: token transfer while paused\");\n    }\n}\n"},"ERC20PresetMinterPauser.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./ERC20.sol\";\nimport \"./ERC20Burnable.sol\";\nimport \"./ERC20Pausable.sol\";\nimport \"./AccessControlEnumerable.sol\";\nimport \"./Context.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev {ERC20} token, including:\n *\n *  - ability for holders to burn (destroy) their tokens\n *  - a minter role that allows for token minting (creation)\n *  - a pauser role that allows to stop all token transfers\n *\n * This contract uses {AccessControl} to lock permissioned functions using the\n * different roles - head to its documentation for details.\n *\n * The account that deploys the contract will be granted the minter and pauser\n * roles, as well as the default admin role, which will let it grant both minter\n * and pauser roles to other accounts.\n */\ncontract ERC20PresetMinterPauser is Context, AccessControlEnumerable, ERC20Burnable, ERC20Pausable {\n    bytes32 public constant MINTER_ROLE = keccak256(\"MINTER_ROLE\");\n    bytes32 public constant PAUSER_ROLE = keccak256(\"PAUSER_ROLE\");\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Grants `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, `MINTER_ROLE` and `PAUSER_ROLE` to the\n     * account that deploys the contract.\n     *\n     * See {ERC20-constructor}.\n     */\n    constructor(string memory name, string memory symbol) ERC20(name, symbol) {\n        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());\n\n        _setupRole(MINTER_ROLE, _msgSender());\n        _setupRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender());\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Creates `amount` new tokens for `to`.\n     *\n     * See {ERC20-_mint}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must have the `MINTER_ROLE`.\n     */\n    function mint(address to, uint256 amount) public virtual {\n        require(hasRole(MINTER_ROLE, _msgSender()), \"ERC20PresetMinterPauser: must have minter role to mint\");\n        _mint(to, amount);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Pauses all token transfers.\n     *\n     * See {ERC20Pausable} and {Pausable-_pause}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must have the `PAUSER_ROLE`.\n     */\n    function pause() public virtual {\n        require(hasRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender()), \"ERC20PresetMinterPauser: must have pauser role to pause\");\n        _pause();\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Unpauses all token transfers.\n     *\n     * See {ERC20Pausable} and {Pausable-_unpause}.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - the caller must have the `PAUSER_ROLE`.\n     */\n    function unpause() public virtual {\n        require(hasRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender()), \"ERC20PresetMinterPauser: must have pauser role to unpause\");\n        _unpause();\n    }\n\n    function _beforeTokenTransfer(\n        address from,\n        address to,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) internal virtual override(ERC20, ERC20Pausable) {\n        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);\n    }\n}\n"},"IERC165.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\n/**\n * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the\n * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].\n *\n * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be\n * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).\n *\n * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.\n */\ninterface IERC165 {\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by\n     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding\n     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]\n     * to learn more about how these ids are created.\n     *\n     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.\n     */\n    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);\n}\n"},"IERC20.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\n/**\n * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.\n */\ninterface IERC20 {\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.\n     */\n    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.\n     */\n    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller\u0027s account to `recipient`.\n     *\n     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.\n     *\n     * Emits a {Transfer} event.\n     */\n    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be\n     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is\n     * zero by default.\n     *\n     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.\n     */\n    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller\u0027s tokens.\n     *\n     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.\n     *\n     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk\n     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate\n     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race\n     * condition is to first reduce the spender\u0027s allowance to 0 and set the\n     * desired value afterwards:\n     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729\n     *\n     * Emits an {Approval} event.\n     */\n    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the\n     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller\u0027s\n     * allowance.\n     *\n     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.\n     *\n     * Emits a {Transfer} event.\n     */\n    function transferFrom(\n        address sender,\n        address recipient,\n        uint256 amount\n    ) external returns (bool);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to\n     * another (`to`).\n     *\n     * Note that `value` may be zero.\n     */\n    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by\n     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.\n     */\n    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);\n}\n"},"IERC20Metadata.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./IERC20.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.\n *\n * _Available since v4.1._\n */\ninterface IERC20Metadata is IERC20 {\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the name of the token.\n     */\n    function name() external view returns (string memory);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.\n     */\n    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.\n     */\n    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);\n}\n"},"Pausable.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\nimport \"./Context.sol\";\n\n/**\n * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop\n * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.\n *\n * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the\n * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to\n * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by\n * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.\n */\nabstract contract Pausable is Context {\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.\n     */\n    event Paused(address account);\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.\n     */\n    event Unpaused(address account);\n\n    bool private _paused;\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.\n     */\n    constructor() {\n        _paused = false;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.\n     */\n    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {\n        return _paused;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - The contract must not be paused.\n     */\n    modifier whenNotPaused() {\n        require(!paused(), \"Pausable: paused\");\n        _;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - The contract must be paused.\n     */\n    modifier whenPaused() {\n        require(paused(), \"Pausable: not paused\");\n        _;\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Triggers stopped state.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - The contract must not be paused.\n     */\n    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {\n        _paused = true;\n        emit Paused(_msgSender());\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Returns to normal state.\n     *\n     * Requirements:\n     *\n     * - The contract must be paused.\n     */\n    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {\n        _paused = false;\n        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());\n    }\n}\n"},"Strings.sol":{"content":"// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT\n\npragma solidity ^0.8.0;\n\n/**\n * @dev String operations.\n */\nlibrary Strings {\n    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = \"0123456789abcdef\";\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.\n     */\n    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {\n        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI\u0027s implementation - MIT licence\n        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol\n\n        if (value == 0) {\n            return \"0\";\n        }\n        uint256 temp = value;\n        uint256 digits;\n        while (temp != 0) {\n            digits++;\n            temp /= 10;\n        }\n        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);\n        while (value != 0) {\n            digits -= 1;\n            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));\n            value /= 10;\n        }\n        return string(buffer);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.\n     */\n    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {\n        if (value == 0) {\n            return \"0x00\";\n        }\n        uint256 temp = value;\n        uint256 length = 0;\n        while (temp != 0) {\n            length++;\n            temp \u003e\u003e= 8;\n        }\n        return toHexString(value, length);\n    }\n\n    /**\n     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.\n     */\n    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {\n        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);\n        buffer[0] = \"0\";\n        buffer[1] = \"x\";\n        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i \u003e 1; --i) {\n            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value \u0026 0xf];\n            value \u003e\u003e= 4;\n        }\n        require(value == 0, \"Strings: hex length insufficient\");\n        return string(buffer);\n    }\n}\n"}}

/**
 *Submitted for verification at BscScan.com on 2023-06-26
*/

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/Ownable.sol)

// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Address.sol)

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
        // constructor execution.

        uint256 size;
        assembly {
            size := extcodesize(account)
        }
        return size > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");

        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verifies that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly

                assembly {
                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                }
            } else {
                revert(errorMessage);
            }
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since a proxied contract can't have a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To initialize the implementation contract, you can either invoke the
 * initializer manually, or you can include a constructor to automatically mark it as initialized when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() initializer {}
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     */
    bool private _initialized;

    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initializer function from being invoked twice.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        // If the contract is initializing we ignore whether _initialized is set in order to support multiple
        // inheritance patterns, but we only do this in the context of a constructor, because in other contexts the
        // contract may have been reentered.
        require(_initializing ? _isConstructor() : !_initialized, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");

        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
            _initialized = true;
        }

        _;

        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} modifier, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }

    function _isConstructor() private view returns (bool) {
        return !AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this));
    }
}

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Context_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Context_init_unchained();
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

interface IERC20 {
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint value);
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint value);

    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);

    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint);

    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint);

    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint);

    function approve(address spender, uint value) external returns (bool);

    function transfer(address to, uint value) external returns (bool);

    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint value) external returns (bool);
}

library SafeMath {
    uint256 constant WAD = 10 ** 18;
    uint256 constant RAY = 10 ** 27;

    function wad() public pure returns (uint256) {
        return WAD;
    }

    function ray() public pure returns (uint256) {
        return RAY;
    }

    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        require(c >= a, "SafeMath: addition overflow");

        return c;
    }

    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return sub(a, b, "SafeMath: subtraction overflow");
    }

    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a, errorMessage);
        uint256 c = a - b;

        return c;
    }

    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
        // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
        // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/pull/522
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        uint256 c = a * b;
        require(c / a == b, "SafeMath: multiplication overflow");

        return c;
    }

    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return div(a, b, "SafeMath: division by zero");
    }

    function div(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Solidity only automatically asserts when dividing by 0
        require(b > 0, errorMessage);
        uint256 c = a / b;
        // assert(a == b * c + a % b); // There is no case in which this doesn't hold

        return c;
    }

    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return mod(a, b, "SafeMath: modulo by zero");
    }

    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b, string memory errorMessage) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b != 0, errorMessage);
        return a % b;
    }

    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a <= b ? a : b;
    }

    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }

    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256 b) {
        if (a > 3) {
            b = a;
            uint256 x = a / 2 + 1;
            while (x < b) {
                b = x;
                x = (a / x + x) / 2;
            }
        } else if (a != 0) {
            b = 1;
        }
    }

    function wmul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return mul(a, b) / WAD;
    }

    function wmulRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return add(mul(a, b), WAD / 2) / WAD;
    }

    function rmul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return mul(a, b) / RAY;
    }

    function rmulRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return add(mul(a, b), RAY / 2) / RAY;
    }

    function wdiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return div(mul(a, WAD), b);
    }

    function wdivRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return add(mul(a, WAD), b / 2) / b;
    }

    function rdiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return div(mul(a, RAY), b);
    }

    function rdivRound(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return add(mul(a, RAY), b / 2) / b;
    }

    function wpow(uint256 x, uint256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = WAD;
        while (n > 0) {
            if (n % 2 != 0) {
                result = wmul(result, x);
            }
            x = wmul(x, x);
            n /= 2;
        }
        return result;
    }

    function rpow(uint256 x, uint256 n) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = RAY;
        while (n > 0) {
            if (n % 2 != 0) {
                result = rmul(result, x);
            }
            x = rmul(x, x);
            n /= 2;
        }
        return result;
    }

    function divCeil(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 quotient = div(a, b);
        uint256 remainder = a - quotient * b;
        if (remainder > 0) {
            return quotient + 1;
        } else {
            return quotient;
        }
    }
}

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following 
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // According to EIP-1052, 0x0 is the value returned for not-yet created accounts
        // and 0xc5d2460186f7233c927e7db2dcc703c0e500b653ca82273b7bfad8045d85a470 is returned
        // for accounts without code, i.e. `keccak256('')`
        bytes32 codehash;
        bytes32 accountHash = 0xc5d2460186f7233c927e7db2dcc703c0e500b653ca82273b7bfad8045d85a470;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly { codehash := extcodehash(account) }
        return (codehash != accountHash && codehash != 0x0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` into `address payable`. Note that this is
     * simply a type cast: the actual underlying value is not changed.
     *
     * _Available since v2.4.0._
     */
    function toPayable(address account) internal pure returns (address payable) {
        return payable(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     *
     * _Available since v2.4.0._
     */
    function sendValue(address recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-call-value
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{ value: amount }("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
}

/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for ERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using SafeMath for uint256;
    using Address for address;

    function safeTransfer(IERC20 token, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }

    function safeTransferFrom(IERC20 token, address from, address to, uint256 value) internal {
        callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }

    function safeApprove(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require((value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }

    function safeIncreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).add(value);
        callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }

    function safeDecreaseAllowance(IERC20 token, address spender, uint256 value) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender).sub(value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
        callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves.

        // A Solidity high level call has three parts:
        //  1. The target address is checked to verify it contains contract code
        //  2. The call itself is made, and success asserted
        //  3. The return value is decoded, which in turn checks the size of the returned data.
        // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(address(token).isContract(), "SafeERC20: call to non-contract");

        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = address(token).call(data);
        require(success, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");

        if (returndata.length > 0) { // Return data is optional
            // solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}

/// @title Handle authorizations in dex platform
/// @notice Explain to an end user what this does
/// @dev Explain to a developer any extra details
contract TokenApprove is OwnableUpgradeable {
  using SafeERC20 for IERC20;

  address public tokenApproveProxy;

  function initialize(address _tokenApproveProxy) public initializer {
    __Ownable_init();
    tokenApproveProxy = _tokenApproveProxy;
  }

  //-------------------------------
  //------- Events ----------------
  //-------------------------------

  event ProxyUpdate(address indexed oldProxy, address indexed newProxy);

  //-------------------------------
  //------- Modifier --------------
  //-------------------------------

  //--------------------------------
  //------- Internal Functions -----
  //--------------------------------

  //---------------------------------
  //------- Admin functions ---------
  //---------------------------------

  function setApproveProxy(address _newTokenApproveProxy) external onlyOwner {
    tokenApproveProxy = _newTokenApproveProxy;
    emit ProxyUpdate(tokenApproveProxy, _newTokenApproveProxy);
  }

  //---------------------------------
  //-------  Users Functions --------
  //---------------------------------

  function claimTokens(
    address _token,
    address _who,
    address _dest,
    uint256 _amount
  ) external {
    require(msg.sender == tokenApproveProxy, "TokenApprove: Access restricted");
    if (_amount > 0) {
      IERC20(_token).safeTransferFrom(_who, _dest, _amount);
    }
  }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolImmutables.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolState.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolActions.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolEvents.sol';
/// @title The interface for a PancakeSwap V3 Pool
/// @notice A PancakeSwap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
/// to the ERC20 specification
/// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
interface IPancakeV3Pool is
    IPancakeV3PoolImmutables,
    IPancakeV3PoolState,
    IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState,
    IPancakeV3PoolActions,
    IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions,
    IPancakeV3PoolEvents
{
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissionless pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
interface IPancakeV3PoolActions {
    /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
    /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
    function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
    /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3MintCallback#pancakeV3MintCallback
    /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
    /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
    /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
    /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    function mint(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
    /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
    /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
    /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
    /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
    /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
    /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
    /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
    function burn(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3SwapCallback#pancakeV3SwapCallback
    /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
    /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
    /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
    /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
    /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
    /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3FlashCallback#pancakeV3FlashCallback
    /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
    /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
    /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    function flash(
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
    /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
    /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
    function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that is not stored
/// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
/// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
interface IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState {
    /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
    /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
    /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
    /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
    /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
    /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
    /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
    /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
    /// timestamp
    function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
        external
        view
        returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
    /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
    /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
    /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
    /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
    /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
        external
        view
        returns (
            int56 tickCumulativeInside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
            uint32 secondsInside
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Events emitted by a pool
/// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
interface IPancakeV3PoolEvents {
    /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
    /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
    /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
    event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
    /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
    /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
    /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
    event Mint(
        address sender,
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
    /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
    event Collect(
        address indexed owner,
        address recipient,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0,
        uint128 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
    /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
    event Burn(
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
    /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
    /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
    /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
    /// @param protocolFeesToken0 The protocol fee of token0 in the swap
    /// @param protocolFeesToken1 The protocol fee of token1 in the swap
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        int256 amount0,
        int256 amount1,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        int24 tick,
        uint128 protocolFeesToken0,
        uint128 protocolFeesToken1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
    /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
    /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
    event Flash(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        uint256 paid0,
        uint256 paid1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
    /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
    /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
    event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
    event SetFeeProtocol(
        uint32 feeProtocol0Old,
        uint32 feeProtocol1Old,
        uint32 feeProtocol0New,
        uint32 feeProtocol1New
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
    /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
    /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that never changes
/// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
interface IPancakeV3PoolImmutables {
    /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IPancakeV3Factory interface
    /// @return The contract address
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
    /// @return The fee
    function fee() external view returns (uint24);
    /// @notice The pool tick spacing
    /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
    /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
    /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
    /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
    /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
    /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
    function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissioned pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
interface IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions {
    /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
    /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
    function setFeeProtocol(uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external;
    /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
    /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
    /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
    /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
    /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
    function collectProtocol(
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Set the LM pool to enable liquidity mining
    function setLmPool(address lmPool) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that can change
/// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
/// per transaction
interface IPancakeV3PoolState {
    /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
    /// when accessed externally.
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
    /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
    /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
    /// boundary.
    /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
    /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
    /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
    /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
    /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
    /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
    /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
    function slot0()
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
            int24 tick,
            uint16 observationIndex,
            uint16 observationCardinality,
            uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
            uint32 feeProtocol,
            bool unlocked
        );
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
    /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
    function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
    /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
    /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
    function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
    /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
    /// @param tick The tick to look up
    /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
    /// tick upper,
    /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
    /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
    /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
    /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
    /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
    /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
    /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
    /// a specific position.
    function ticks(int24 tick)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 liquidityGross,
            int128 liquidityNet,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
            int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
            uint32 secondsOutside,
            bool initialized
        );
    /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
    function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
    /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
    /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
    function positions(bytes32 key)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 _liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
    /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
    /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
    /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
    /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
    /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
    function observations(uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint32 blockTimestamp,
            int56 tickCumulative,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
            bool initialized
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0;
/// @title FixedPoint128
/// @notice A library for handling binary fixed point numbers, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Q_(number_format)
library FixedPoint128 {
    uint256 internal constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.4.0 <0.8.0;
/// @title Contains 512-bit math functions
/// @notice Facilitates multiplication and division that can have overflow of an intermediate value without any loss of precision
/// @dev Handles "phantom overflow" i.e., allows multiplication and division where an intermediate value overflows 256 bits
library FullMath {
    /// @notice Calculates floor(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    /// @dev Credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = a * b
        // Compute the product mod 2**256 and mod 2**256 - 1
        // then use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct
        // the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
        // variables such that product = prod1 * 2**256 + prod0
        uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
        uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
        assembly {
            let mm := mulmod(a, b, not(0))
            prod0 := mul(a, b)
            prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
        }
        // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division
        if (prod1 == 0) {
            require(denominator > 0);
            assembly {
                result := div(prod0, denominator)
            }
            return result;
        }
        // Make sure the result is less than 2**256.
        // Also prevents denominator == 0
        require(denominator > prod1);
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // 512 by 256 division.
        ///////////////////////////////////////////////
        // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0]
        // Compute remainder using mulmod
        uint256 remainder;
        assembly {
            remainder := mulmod(a, b, denominator)
        }
        // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number
        assembly {
            prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
            prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
        }
        // Factor powers of two out of denominator
        // Compute largest power of two divisor of denominator.
        // Always >= 1.
        uint256 twos = -denominator & denominator;
        // Divide denominator by power of two
        assembly {
            denominator := div(denominator, twos)
        }
        // Divide [prod1 prod0] by the factors of two
        assembly {
            prod0 := div(prod0, twos)
        }
        // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0. For this we need
        // to flip `twos` such that it is 2**256 / twos.
        // If twos is zero, then it becomes one
        assembly {
            twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
        }
        prod0 |= prod1 * twos;
        // Invert denominator mod 2**256
        // Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse
        // modulo 2**256 such that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**256.
        // Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct
        // correct for four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2**4
        uint256 inv = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;
        // Now use Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision.
        // Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works in modular
        // arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**8
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**16
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**32
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**64
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**128
        inv *= 2 - denominator * inv; // inverse mod 2**256
        // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying
        // with the modular inverse of denominator. This will give us the
        // correct result modulo 2**256. Since the precoditions guarantee
        // that the outcome is less than 2**256, this is the final result.
        // We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
        // is no longer required.
        result = prod0 * inv;
        return result;
    }
    /// @notice Calculates ceil(a×b÷denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
    /// @param a The multiplicand
    /// @param b The multiplier
    /// @param denominator The divisor
    /// @return result The 256-bit result
    function mulDivRoundingUp(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        result = mulDiv(a, b, denominator);
        if (mulmod(a, b, denominator) > 0) {
            require(result < type(uint256).max);
            result++;
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Math library for liquidity
library LiquidityMath {
    /// @notice Add a signed liquidity delta to liquidity and revert if it overflows or underflows
    /// @param x The liquidity before change
    /// @param y The delta by which liquidity should be changed
    /// @return z The liquidity delta
    function addDelta(uint128 x, int128 y) internal pure returns (uint128 z) {
        if (y < 0) {
            require((z = x - uint128(-y)) < x, 'LS');
        } else {
            require((z = x + uint128(y)) >= x, 'LA');
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.7.0;
/// @title Optimized overflow and underflow safe math operations
/// @notice Contains methods for doing math operations that revert on overflow or underflow for minimal gas cost
library LowGasSafeMath {
    /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if sum overflows uint256
    /// @param x The augend
    /// @param y The addend
    /// @return z The sum of x and y
    function add(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        require((z = x + y) >= x);
    }
    /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if underflows
    /// @param x The minuend
    /// @param y The subtrahend
    /// @return z The difference of x and y
    function sub(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        require((z = x - y) <= x);
    }
    /// @notice Returns x * y, reverts if overflows
    /// @param x The multiplicand
    /// @param y The multiplier
    /// @return z The product of x and y
    function mul(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256 z) {
        require(x == 0 || (z = x * y) / x == y);
    }
    /// @notice Returns x + y, reverts if overflows or underflows
    /// @param x The augend
    /// @param y The addend
    /// @return z The sum of x and y
    function add(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
        require((z = x + y) >= x == (y >= 0));
    }
    /// @notice Returns x - y, reverts if overflows or underflows
    /// @param x The minuend
    /// @param y The subtrahend
    /// @return z The difference of x and y
    function sub(int256 x, int256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
        require((z = x - y) <= x == (y >= 0));
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Safe casting methods
/// @notice Contains methods for safely casting between types
library SafeCast {
    /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a uint160, revert on overflow
    /// @param y The uint256 to be downcasted
    /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type uint160
    function toUint160(uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint160 z) {
        require((z = uint160(y)) == y);
    }
    /// @notice Cast a int256 to a int128, revert on overflow or underflow
    /// @param y The int256 to be downcasted
    /// @return z The downcasted integer, now type int128
    function toInt128(int256 y) internal pure returns (int128 z) {
        require((z = int128(y)) == y);
    }
    /// @notice Cast a uint256 to a int256, revert on overflow
    /// @param y The uint256 to be casted
    /// @return z The casted integer, now type int256
    function toInt256(uint256 y) internal pure returns (int256 z) {
        require(y < 2**255);
        z = int256(y);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.8.0;
/// @title Math library for computing sqrt prices from ticks and vice versa
/// @notice Computes sqrt price for ticks of size 1.0001, i.e. sqrt(1.0001^tick) as fixed point Q64.96 numbers. Supports
/// prices between 2**-128 and 2**128
library TickMath {
    /// @dev The minimum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**-128
    int24 internal constant MIN_TICK = -887272;
    /// @dev The maximum tick that may be passed to #getSqrtRatioAtTick computed from log base 1.0001 of 2**128
    int24 internal constant MAX_TICK = -MIN_TICK;
    /// @dev The minimum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MIN_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MIN_SQRT_RATIO = 4295128739;
    /// @dev The maximum value that can be returned from #getSqrtRatioAtTick. Equivalent to getSqrtRatioAtTick(MAX_TICK)
    uint160 internal constant MAX_SQRT_RATIO = 1461446703485210103287273052203988822378723970342;
    /// @notice Calculates sqrt(1.0001^tick) * 2^96
    /// @dev Throws if |tick| > max tick
    /// @param tick The input tick for the above formula
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 A Fixed point Q64.96 number representing the sqrt of the ratio of the two assets (token1/token0)
    /// at the given tick
    function getSqrtRatioAtTick(int24 tick) internal pure returns (uint160 sqrtPriceX96) {
        uint256 absTick = tick < 0 ? uint256(-int256(tick)) : uint256(int256(tick));
        require(absTick <= uint256(MAX_TICK), 'T');
        uint256 ratio = absTick & 0x1 != 0 ? 0xfffcb933bd6fad37aa2d162d1a594001 : 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
        if (absTick & 0x2 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff97272373d413259a46990580e213a) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfff2e50f5f656932ef12357cf3c7fdcc) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffe5caca7e10e4e61c3624eaa0941cd0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xffcb9843d60f6159c9db58835c926644) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff973b41fa98c081472e6896dfb254c0) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xff2ea16466c96a3843ec78b326b52861) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfe5dee046a99a2a811c461f1969c3053) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x100 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xfcbe86c7900a88aedcffc83b479aa3a4) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x200 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf987a7253ac413176f2b074cf7815e54) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x400 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xf3392b0822b70005940c7a398e4b70f3) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x800 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xe7159475a2c29b7443b29c7fa6e889d9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x1000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xd097f3bdfd2022b8845ad8f792aa5825) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x2000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0xa9f746462d870fdf8a65dc1f90e061e5) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x4000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x70d869a156d2a1b890bb3df62baf32f7) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x8000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x31be135f97d08fd981231505542fcfa6) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x10000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x9aa508b5b7a84e1c677de54f3e99bc9) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x20000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x5d6af8dedb81196699c329225ee604) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x40000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x2216e584f5fa1ea926041bedfe98) >> 128;
        if (absTick & 0x80000 != 0) ratio = (ratio * 0x48a170391f7dc42444e8fa2) >> 128;
        if (tick > 0) ratio = type(uint256).max / ratio;
        // this divides by 1<<32 rounding up to go from a Q128.128 to a Q128.96.
        // we then downcast because we know the result always fits within 160 bits due to our tick input constraint
        // we round up in the division so getTickAtSqrtRatio of the output price is always consistent
        sqrtPriceX96 = uint160((ratio >> 32) + (ratio % (1 << 32) == 0 ? 0 : 1));
    }
    /// @notice Calculates the greatest tick value such that getRatioAtTick(tick) <= ratio
    /// @dev Throws in case sqrtPriceX96 < MIN_SQRT_RATIO, as MIN_SQRT_RATIO is the lowest value getRatioAtTick may
    /// ever return.
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt ratio for which to compute the tick as a Q64.96
    /// @return tick The greatest tick for which the ratio is less than or equal to the input ratio
    function getTickAtSqrtRatio(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) internal pure returns (int24 tick) {
        // second inequality must be < because the price can never reach the price at the max tick
        require(sqrtPriceX96 >= MIN_SQRT_RATIO && sqrtPriceX96 < MAX_SQRT_RATIO, 'R');
        uint256 ratio = uint256(sqrtPriceX96) << 32;
        uint256 r = ratio;
        uint256 msb = 0;
        assembly {
            let f := shl(7, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(6, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(5, gt(r, 0xFFFFFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(4, gt(r, 0xFFFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(3, gt(r, 0xFF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(2, gt(r, 0xF))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := shl(1, gt(r, 0x3))
            msb := or(msb, f)
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            let f := gt(r, 0x1)
            msb := or(msb, f)
        }
        if (msb >= 128) r = ratio >> (msb - 127);
        else r = ratio << (127 - msb);
        int256 log_2 = (int256(msb) - 128) << 64;
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(63, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(62, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(61, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(60, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(59, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(58, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(57, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(56, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(55, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(54, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(53, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(52, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(51, f))
            r := shr(f, r)
        }
        assembly {
            r := shr(127, mul(r, r))
            let f := shr(128, r)
            log_2 := or(log_2, shl(50, f))
        }
        int256 log_sqrt10001 = log_2 * 255738958999603826347141; // 128.128 number
        int24 tickLow = int24((log_sqrt10001 - 3402992956809132418596140100660247210) >> 128);
        int24 tickHi = int24((log_sqrt10001 + 291339464771989622907027621153398088495) >> 128);
        tick = tickLow == tickHi ? tickLow : getSqrtRatioAtTick(tickHi) <= sqrtPriceX96 ? tickHi : tickLow;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
interface ILMPool {
    function lmTicks(int24) external view returns (uint128, int128, uint256);
    function rewardGrowthGlobalX128() external view returns (uint256);
    function lmLiquidity() external view returns (uint128);
    function lastRewardTimestamp() external view returns (uint32);
    function getRewardGrowthInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) external view returns (uint256);
    function OldLMPool() external view returns (address);
    function lmTicksFlag(int24 tick) external view returns (bool);
    function negativeRewardGrowthInsideFlag(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) external view returns (bool);
    function negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) external view returns (uint256);
    function checkNegativeFlag(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) external view returns (bool);
    function checkSecondLMPool(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
interface IMasterChefV3 {
    function nonfungiblePositionManager() external view returns (address);
    function getLatestPeriodInfo(address _v3Pool) external view returns (uint256 cakePerSecond, uint256 endTime);
    function poolInfo(uint256 pid) external view returns (uint256, address, address, address, uint24, uint256, uint256);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
interface IPancakeV3LmPool {
    function accumulateReward(uint32 currTimestamp) external;
    function crossLmTick(int24 tick, bool zeroForOne) external;
    function initialize() external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
interface IPancakeV3LmPoolDeveloper {
    function parameters()
        external
        view
        returns (address pool, address masterChef, address firstLMPool, address secondLMPool, address thirdLMPool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0 <0.8.0;
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/LowGasSafeMath.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/SafeCast.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/TickMath.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/LiquidityMath.sol';
/// @title LmTick
/// @notice Contains functions for managing tick processes and relevant calculations
library LmTick {
    using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
    using SafeCast for int256;
    // info stored for each initialized individual tick
    struct Info {
        // the total position liquidity that references this tick
        uint128 liquidityGross;
        // amount of net liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left),
        int128 liquidityNet;
        // reward growth per unit of liquidity on the _other_ side of this tick (relative to the current tick)
        // only has relative meaning, not absolute — the value depends on when the tick is initialized
        uint256 rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
    }
    /// @notice Retrieves reward growth data
    /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick boundary of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick boundary of the position
    /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
    /// @param rewardGrowthGlobalX128 The all-time global reward growth, per unit of liquidity
    /// @return rewardGrowthInsideX128 The all-time reward growth, per unit of liquidity, inside the position's tick boundaries
    function getRewardGrowthInside(
        mapping(int24 => LmTick.Info) storage self,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        int24 tickCurrent,
        uint256 rewardGrowthGlobalX128
    ) internal view returns (uint256 rewardGrowthInsideX128) {
        Info storage lower = self[tickLower];
        Info storage upper = self[tickUpper];
        // calculate reward growth below
        uint256 rewardGrowthBelowX128;
        if (tickCurrent >= tickLower) {
            rewardGrowthBelowX128 = lower.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        } else {
            rewardGrowthBelowX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - lower.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        }
        // calculate reward growth above
        uint256 rewardGrowthAboveX128;
        if (tickCurrent < tickUpper) {
            rewardGrowthAboveX128 = upper.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        } else {
            rewardGrowthAboveX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - upper.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        }
        rewardGrowthInsideX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - rewardGrowthBelowX128 - rewardGrowthAboveX128;
    }
    /// @notice Updates a tick and returns true if the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
    /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tick The tick that will be updated
    /// @param tickCurrent The current tick
    /// @param liquidityDelta A new amount of liquidity to be added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
    /// @param rewardGrowthGlobalX128 The all-time global reward growth, per unit of liquidity
    /// @param upper true for updating a position's upper tick, or false for updating a position's lower tick
    /// @param maxLiquidity The maximum liquidity allocation for a single tick
    /// @return flipped Whether the tick was flipped from initialized to uninitialized, or vice versa
    function update(
        mapping(int24 => LmTick.Info) storage self,
        int24 tick,
        int24 tickCurrent,
        int128 liquidityDelta,
        uint256 rewardGrowthGlobalX128,
        bool upper,
        uint128 maxLiquidity
    ) internal returns (bool flipped) {
        LmTick.Info storage info = self[tick];
        uint128 liquidityGrossBefore = info.liquidityGross;
        uint128 liquidityGrossAfter = LiquidityMath.addDelta(liquidityGrossBefore, liquidityDelta);
        require(liquidityGrossAfter <= maxLiquidity, 'LO');
        flipped = (liquidityGrossAfter == 0) != (liquidityGrossBefore == 0);
        if (liquidityGrossBefore == 0) {
            // by convention, we assume that all growth before a tick was initialized happened _below_ the tick
            if (tick <= tickCurrent) {
                info.rewardGrowthOutsideX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128;
            }
        }
        info.liquidityGross = liquidityGrossAfter;
        // when the lower (upper) tick is crossed left to right (right to left), liquidity must be added (removed)
        info.liquidityNet = upper
            ? int256(info.liquidityNet).sub(liquidityDelta).toInt128()
            : int256(info.liquidityNet).add(liquidityDelta).toInt128();
    }
    /// @notice Clears tick data
    /// @param self The mapping containing all initialized tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tick The tick that will be cleared
    function clear(mapping(int24 => LmTick.Info) storage self, int24 tick) internal {
        delete self[tick];
    }
    /// @notice Transitions to next tick as needed by price movement
    /// @param self The mapping containing all tick information for initialized ticks
    /// @param tick The destination tick of the transition
    /// @param rewardGrowthGlobalX128 The all-time global reward growth, per unit of liquidity, in token0
    /// @return liquidityNet The amount of liquidity added (subtracted) when tick is crossed from left to right (right to left)
    function cross(
        mapping(int24 => LmTick.Info) storage self,
        int24 tick,
        uint256 rewardGrowthGlobalX128
    ) internal returns (int128 liquidityNet) {
        LmTick.Info storage info = self[tick];
        info.rewardGrowthOutsideX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - info.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        liquidityNet = info.liquidityNet;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/LowGasSafeMath.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/SafeCast.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FullMath.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/libraries/FixedPoint128.sol';
import '@pancakeswap/v3-core/contracts/interfaces/IPancakeV3Pool.sol';
import './libraries/LmTick.sol';
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3LmPool.sol';
import './interfaces/ILMPool.sol';
import './interfaces/IMasterChefV3.sol';
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3LmPoolDeveloper.sol';
contract PancakeV3LmPool is IPancakeV3LmPool {
    using LowGasSafeMath for uint256;
    using LowGasSafeMath for int256;
    using SafeCast for uint256;
    using SafeCast for int256;
    using LmTick for mapping(int24 => LmTick.Info);
    uint256 public constant REWARD_PRECISION = 1e12;
    IPancakeV3Pool public immutable pool;
    IMasterChefV3 public immutable masterChef;
    // The first version LMPool.
    ILMPool public immutable firstLMPool;
    // The second version LMPool.
    ILMPool public immutable secondLMPool;
    // The third version LMPool.
    ILMPool public immutable thirdLMPool;
    mapping(int24 => bool) public lmTicksFlag;
    uint256 public rewardGrowthGlobalX128;
    mapping(int24 => LmTick.Info) public lmTicks;
    uint128 public lmLiquidity;
    uint32 public lastRewardTimestamp;
    // Need to initialize the LMPool when first call from v3 pool or MCV3.
    bool public initialization;
    // Record the first negative RewardGrowthInside value.
    mapping(int24 => mapping(int24 => uint256)) public negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue;
    // Read old negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue data from thirdLMPool.
    mapping(int24 => mapping(int24 => bool)) public checkThirdLMPool;
    modifier onlyPool() {
        require(msg.sender == address(pool), 'Not pool');
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyMasterChef() {
        require(msg.sender == address(masterChef), 'Not MC');
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyPoolOrMasterChef() {
        require(msg.sender == address(pool) || msg.sender == address(masterChef), 'Not pool or MC');
        _;
    }
    constructor() {
        (
            address poolAddress,
            address masterChefAddress,
            address firstLMPoolAddress,
            address secondLMPoolAddress,
            address thirdLMPoolAddress
        ) = IPancakeV3LmPoolDeveloper(msg.sender).parameters();
        pool = IPancakeV3Pool(poolAddress);
        masterChef = IMasterChefV3(masterChefAddress);
        lastRewardTimestamp = uint32(block.timestamp);
        firstLMPool = ILMPool(firstLMPoolAddress);
        secondLMPool = ILMPool(secondLMPoolAddress);
        thirdLMPool = ILMPool(thirdLMPoolAddress);
    }
    /// @notice Will trigger this once when the first call from MasterChefV3 or V3 pool,
    /// this will update the latest global information from old LMPool.
    /// Because we will deploy new LMPool and set LMPool in v3 pool in the same transaction, so we can call initialize at the same tx.
    function initialize() external override {
        if (!initialization) {
            initialization = true;
            rewardGrowthGlobalX128 = thirdLMPool.rewardGrowthGlobalX128();
            lmLiquidity = thirdLMPool.lmLiquidity();
            lastRewardTimestamp = thirdLMPool.lastRewardTimestamp();
        }
    }
    function _getLMTicks(int24 tick) internal view returns (LmTick.Info memory info) {
        // When tick had updated in thirdLMPool , read tick info from third LMPool, or read from second LMPool , if not , read from firstLMPool.
        if (thirdLMPool.lmTicksFlag(tick)) {
            (info.liquidityGross, info.liquidityNet, info.rewardGrowthOutsideX128) = thirdLMPool.lmTicks(tick);
        } else if (secondLMPool.lmTicksFlag(tick)) {
            (info.liquidityGross, info.liquidityNet, info.rewardGrowthOutsideX128) = secondLMPool.lmTicks(tick);
        } else {
            (info.liquidityGross, info.liquidityNet, info.rewardGrowthOutsideX128) = firstLMPool.lmTicks(tick);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Update tick information from old LMPool when need to update the tick information at the first time.
    /// @dev Old LMPool ticks information can be compatible.
    function _updateLMTicks(int24 tick) internal {
        if (!lmTicksFlag[tick]) {
            lmTicksFlag[tick] = true;
            lmTicks[tick] = _getLMTicks(tick);
        }
    }
    function accumulateReward(uint32 currTimestamp) external override onlyPoolOrMasterChef {
        if (currTimestamp <= lastRewardTimestamp) {
            return;
        }
        if (lmLiquidity != 0) {
            (uint256 rewardPerSecond, uint256 endTime) = masterChef.getLatestPeriodInfo(address(pool));
            uint32 endTimestamp = uint32(endTime);
            uint32 duration;
            if (endTimestamp > currTimestamp) {
                duration = currTimestamp - lastRewardTimestamp;
            } else if (endTimestamp > lastRewardTimestamp) {
                duration = endTimestamp - lastRewardTimestamp;
            }
            if (duration != 0) {
                rewardGrowthGlobalX128 += FullMath.mulDiv(
                    duration,
                    FullMath.mulDiv(rewardPerSecond, FixedPoint128.Q128, REWARD_PRECISION),
                    lmLiquidity
                );
            }
        }
        lastRewardTimestamp = currTimestamp;
    }
    function crossLmTick(int24 tick, bool zeroForOne) external override onlyPool {
        // Update the lmTicks state from the secondLMPool.
        _updateLMTicks(tick);
        if (lmTicks[tick].liquidityGross == 0) {
            return;
        }
        int128 lmLiquidityNet = lmTicks.cross(tick, rewardGrowthGlobalX128);
        if (zeroForOne) {
            lmLiquidityNet = -lmLiquidityNet;
        }
        lmLiquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(lmLiquidity, lmLiquidityNet);
    }
    /// @notice Get the current negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue based on all old LMPools.
    function _getNegativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) internal view returns (uint256 initValue) {
        // If already chekced third LMPool , use current negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue.
        if (checkThirdLMPool[tickLower][tickUpper]) {
            initValue = negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue[tickLower][tickUpper];
        } else {
            bool checkSecondLMPoolFlagInThirdLMPool = thirdLMPool.checkSecondLMPool(tickLower, tickUpper);
            // If already checked second LMPool , use third LMPool negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue.
            if (checkSecondLMPoolFlagInThirdLMPool) {
                initValue = thirdLMPool.negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue(tickLower, tickUpper);
            } else {
                // If not checked second LMPool , use second LMPool negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue.
                initValue = secondLMPool.negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue(tickLower, tickUpper);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @notice This will check the whether the range RewardGrowthInside is negative when the range ticks were initialized.
    /// @dev This is for fixing the issues that rewardGrowthInsideX128 can be underflow on purpose.
    /// If the rewardGrowthInsideX128 is negative , we will process it as a positive number.
    /// Because the RewardGrowthInside is self-incrementing, so we record the initial value as zero point.
    function _checkNegativeRewardGrowthInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) internal {
        (uint256 rewardGrowthInsideX128, bool isNegative) = _getRewardGrowthInsideInternal(tickLower, tickUpper);
        uint256 initValue = _getNegativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue(tickLower, tickUpper);
        // Only need to check third LMPool once , and initialize negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue.
        if (!checkThirdLMPool[tickLower][tickUpper]) {
            checkThirdLMPool[tickLower][tickUpper] = true;
            negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue[tickLower][tickUpper] = initValue;
        }
        if (isNegative) {
            if (initValue == 0 || initValue > rewardGrowthInsideX128) {
                negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue[tickLower][tickUpper] = rewardGrowthInsideX128;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @notice Need to rest Negative Tick info when tick flipped.
    function _clearNegativeTickInfo(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper) internal {
        negativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue[tickLower][tickUpper] = 0;
        // No need to check thirdLMPool after tick flipped.
        if (!checkThirdLMPool[tickLower][tickUpper]) checkThirdLMPool[tickLower][tickUpper] = true;
    }
    function updatePosition(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper, int128 liquidityDelta) external onlyMasterChef {
        // Update the lmTicks state from the secondLMPool.
        _updateLMTicks(tickLower);
        _updateLMTicks(tickUpper);
        (, int24 tick, , , , , ) = pool.slot0();
        uint128 maxLiquidityPerTick = pool.maxLiquidityPerTick();
        uint256 _rewardGrowthGlobalX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128;
        bool flippedLower;
        bool flippedUpper;
        if (liquidityDelta != 0) {
            flippedLower = lmTicks.update(
                tickLower,
                tick,
                liquidityDelta,
                _rewardGrowthGlobalX128,
                false,
                maxLiquidityPerTick
            );
            flippedUpper = lmTicks.update(
                tickUpper,
                tick,
                liquidityDelta,
                _rewardGrowthGlobalX128,
                true,
                maxLiquidityPerTick
            );
        }
        if (tick >= tickLower && tick < tickUpper) {
            lmLiquidity = LiquidityMath.addDelta(lmLiquidity, liquidityDelta);
        }
        if (liquidityDelta < 0) {
            if (flippedLower) {
                lmTicks.clear(tickLower);
            }
            if (flippedUpper) {
                lmTicks.clear(tickUpper);
            }
        }
        // Need to rest Negative Tick info when tick flipped.
        if (liquidityDelta < 0 && (flippedLower || flippedUpper)) {
            _clearNegativeTickInfo(tickLower, tickUpper);
        } else {
            _checkNegativeRewardGrowthInside(tickLower, tickUpper);
        }
    }
    function getRewardGrowthInside(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) external view returns (uint256 rewardGrowthInsideX128) {
        (rewardGrowthInsideX128, ) = _getRewardGrowthInsideInternal(tickLower, tickUpper);
        uint256 initValue = _getNegativeRewardGrowthInsideInitValue(tickLower, tickUpper);
        rewardGrowthInsideX128 = rewardGrowthInsideX128 - initValue;
    }
    function _getRewardGrowthInsideInternal(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) internal view returns (uint256 rewardGrowthInsideX128, bool isNegative) {
        (, int24 tick, , , , , ) = pool.slot0();
        LmTick.Info memory lower;
        if (lmTicksFlag[tickLower]) {
            lower = lmTicks[tickLower];
        } else {
            lower = _getLMTicks(tickLower);
        }
        LmTick.Info memory upper;
        if (lmTicksFlag[tickUpper]) {
            upper = lmTicks[tickUpper];
        } else {
            upper = _getLMTicks(tickUpper);
        }
        // calculate reward growth below
        uint256 rewardGrowthBelowX128;
        if (tick >= tickLower) {
            rewardGrowthBelowX128 = lower.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        } else {
            rewardGrowthBelowX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - lower.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        }
        // calculate reward growth above
        uint256 rewardGrowthAboveX128;
        if (tick < tickUpper) {
            rewardGrowthAboveX128 = upper.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        } else {
            rewardGrowthAboveX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - upper.rewardGrowthOutsideX128;
        }
        rewardGrowthInsideX128 = rewardGrowthGlobalX128 - rewardGrowthBelowX128 - rewardGrowthAboveX128;
        isNegative = (rewardGrowthBelowX128 + rewardGrowthAboveX128) > rewardGrowthGlobalX128;
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../utils/Context.sol";
/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;
    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
    uint256 private _status;
    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and making it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _nonReentrantBefore();
        _;
        _nonReentrantAfter();
    }
    function _nonReentrantBefore() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }
    function _nonReentrantAfter() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on {IERC20-approve}, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over ``owner``'s tokens,
     * given ``owner``'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for {permit}, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../IERC20.sol";
import "../extensions/draft-IERC20Permit.sol";
import "../../../utils/Address.sol";
/**
 * @title SafeERC20
 * @dev Wrappers around ERC20 operations that throw on failure (when the token
 * contract returns false). Tokens that return no value (and instead revert or
 * throw on failure) are also supported, non-reverting calls are assumed to be
 * successful.
 * To use this library you can add a `using SafeERC20 for IERC20;` statement to your contract,
 * which allows you to call the safe operations as `token.safeTransfer(...)`, etc.
 */
library SafeERC20 {
    using Address for address;
    function safeTransfer(
        IERC20 token,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transfer.selector, to, value));
    }
    function safeTransferFrom(
        IERC20 token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.transferFrom.selector, from, to, value));
    }
    /**
     * @dev Deprecated. This function has issues similar to the ones found in
     * {IERC20-approve}, and its usage is discouraged.
     *
     * Whenever possible, use {safeIncreaseAllowance} and
     * {safeDecreaseAllowance} instead.
     */
    function safeApprove(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        // safeApprove should only be called when setting an initial allowance,
        // or when resetting it to zero. To increase and decrease it, use
        // 'safeIncreaseAllowance' and 'safeDecreaseAllowance'
        require(
            (value == 0) || (token.allowance(address(this), spender) == 0),
            "SafeERC20: approve from non-zero to non-zero allowance"
        );
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, value));
    }
    function safeIncreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        uint256 newAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender) + value;
        _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
    }
    function safeDecreaseAllowance(
        IERC20 token,
        address spender,
        uint256 value
    ) internal {
        unchecked {
            uint256 oldAllowance = token.allowance(address(this), spender);
            require(oldAllowance >= value, "SafeERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
            uint256 newAllowance = oldAllowance - value;
            _callOptionalReturn(token, abi.encodeWithSelector(token.approve.selector, spender, newAllowance));
        }
    }
    function safePermit(
        IERC20Permit token,
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) internal {
        uint256 nonceBefore = token.nonces(owner);
        token.permit(owner, spender, value, deadline, v, r, s);
        uint256 nonceAfter = token.nonces(owner);
        require(nonceAfter == nonceBefore + 1, "SafeERC20: permit did not succeed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Imitates a Solidity high-level call (i.e. a regular function call to a contract), relaxing the requirement
     * on the return value: the return value is optional (but if data is returned, it must not be false).
     * @param token The token targeted by the call.
     * @param data The call data (encoded using abi.encode or one of its variants).
     */
    function _callOptionalReturn(IERC20 token, bytes memory data) private {
        // We need to perform a low level call here, to bypass Solidity's return data size checking mechanism, since
        // we're implementing it ourselves. We use {Address-functionCall} to perform this call, which verifies that
        // the target address contains contract code and also asserts for success in the low-level call.
        bytes memory returndata = address(token).functionCall(data, "SafeERC20: low-level call failed");
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // Return data is optional
            require(abi.decode(returndata, (bool)), "SafeERC20: ERC20 operation did not succeed");
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;
    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.8.0) (utils/Address.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.1;
/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.
        return account.code.length > 0;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }
    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }
    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }
    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)
pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @notice This codes were copied from https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol, and did some changes.
 * @dev This implements an optional extension of defined in the EIP that adds
 * enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each
 * account.
 */
abstract contract Enumerable {
    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
    // Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens;
    // Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex;
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view returns (uint256) {
        require(index < _balances[owner], "Enumerable: owner index out of bounds");
        return _ownedTokens[owner][index];
    }
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "Enumerable: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }
    function addToken(address from, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
        unchecked {
            _balances[from] += 1;
        }
    }
    function removeToken(address from, uint256 tokenId) internal {
        _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
        unchecked {
            _balances[from] -= 1;
        }
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
     * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        uint256 length = _balances[to];
        _ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
        _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
     * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
     * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).
        uint256 lastTokenIndex = _balances[from] - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
        require(tokenId == _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex], "Invalid tokenId");
        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
        if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
            uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
            _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
            _ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
        }
        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
        delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IFarmBooster {
    function getUserMultiplier(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (uint256);
    function whiteList(uint256 _pid) external view returns (bool);
    function updatePositionBoostMultiplier(uint256 _tokenId) external returns (uint256 _multiplier);
    function removeBoostMultiplier(address _user, uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _pid) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface ILMPool {
    function updatePosition(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper, int128 liquidityDelta) external;
    function getRewardGrowthInside(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    ) external view returns (uint256 rewardGrowthInsideX128);
    function accumulateReward(uint32 currTimestamp) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import "./IPancakeV3Pool.sol";
import "./ILMPool.sol";
interface ILMPoolDeployer {
    function deploy(IPancakeV3Pool pool) external returns (ILMPool lmPool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IMasterChefV2 {
    function deposit(uint256 _pid, uint256 _amount) external;
    function withdraw(uint256 _pid, uint256 _amount) external;
    function pendingCake(uint256 _pid, address _user) external view returns (uint256);
    function userInfo(uint256 _pid, address _user) external view returns (uint256, uint256, uint256);
    function emergencyWithdraw(uint256 _pid) external;
    function updateBoostMultiplier(address _user, uint256 _pid, uint256 _newBoostMulti) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import "./INonfungiblePositionManagerStruct.sol";
interface INonfungiblePositionManager is INonfungiblePositionManagerStruct, IERC721 {
    /// @notice Returns the position information associated with a given token ID.
    /// @dev Throws if the token ID is not valid.
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that represents the position
    /// @return nonce The nonce for permits
    /// @return operator The address that is approved for spending
    /// @return token0 The address of the token0 for a specific pool
    /// @return token1 The address of the token1 for a specific pool
    /// @return fee The fee associated with the pool
    /// @return tickLower The lower end of the tick range for the position
    /// @return tickUpper The higher end of the tick range for the position
    /// @return liquidity The liquidity of the position
    /// @return feeGrowthInside0LastX128 The fee growth of token0 as of the last action on the individual position
    /// @return feeGrowthInside1LastX128 The fee growth of token1 as of the last action on the individual position
    /// @return tokensOwed0 The uncollected amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last computation
    /// @return tokensOwed1 The uncollected amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last computation
    function positions(
        uint256 tokenId
    )
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint96 nonce,
            address operator,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickLower,
            int24 tickUpper,
            uint128 liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    /// @notice Increases the amount of liquidity in a position, with tokens paid by the `msg.sender`
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being increased,
    /// amount0Desired The desired amount of token0 to be spent,
    /// amount1Desired The desired amount of token1 to be spent,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return liquidity The new liquidity amount as a result of the increase
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 to acheive resulting liquidity
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 to acheive resulting liquidity
    function increaseLiquidity(
        IncreaseLiquidityParams calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint128 liquidity, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Decreases the amount of liquidity in a position and accounts it to the position
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being decreased,
    /// amount The amount by which liquidity will be decreased,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    function decreaseLiquidity(
        DecreaseLiquidityParams calldata params
    ) external payable returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Collects up to a maximum amount of fees owed to a specific position to the recipient
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the NFT for which tokens are being collected,
    /// recipient The account that should receive the tokens,
    /// amount0Max The maximum amount of token0 to collect,
    /// amount1Max The maximum amount of token1 to collect
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(CollectParams calldata params) external payable returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Burns a token ID, which deletes it from the NFT contract. The token must have 0 liquidity and all tokens
    /// must be collected first.
    /// @param tokenId The ID of the token that is being burned
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) external payable;
    function refundETH() external payable;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface INonfungiblePositionManagerStruct {
    struct IncreaseLiquidityParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint256 amount0Desired;
        uint256 amount1Desired;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    struct DecreaseLiquidityParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        uint128 liquidity;
        uint256 amount0Min;
        uint256 amount1Min;
        uint256 deadline;
    }
    struct CollectParams {
        uint256 tokenId;
        address recipient;
        uint128 amount0Max;
        uint128 amount1Max;
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
interface IPancakeV3Pool {
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    function fee() external view returns (uint24);
    function lmPool() external view returns (address);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
/// @title Interface for WETH9
interface IWETH is IERC20 {
    /// @notice Deposit ether to get wrapped ether
    function deposit() external payable;
    /// @notice Withdraw wrapped ether to get ether
    function withdraw(uint256) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's uintXX/intXX casting operators with added overflow
 * checks.
 *
 * Downcasting from uint256/int256 in Solidity does not revert on overflow. This can
 * easily result in undesired exploitation or bugs, since developers usually
 * assume that overflows raise errors. `SafeCast` restores this intuition by
 * reverting the transaction when such an operation overflows.
 *
 * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
 * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
 *
 * Can be combined with {SafeMath} and {SignedSafeMath} to extend it to smaller types, by performing
 * all math on `uint256` and `int256` and then downcasting.
 */
library SafeCast {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the downcasted uint128 from uint256, reverting on
     * overflow (when the input is greater than largest uint128).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `uint128` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - input must fit into 128 bits
     */
    function toUint128(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint128) {
        require(value < 2 ** 128, "SafeCast: value doesn't fit in 128 bits");
        return uint128(value);
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC20/utils/SafeERC20.sol";
import "./libraries/SafeCast.sol";
import "./interfaces/INonfungiblePositionManager.sol";
import "./interfaces/INonfungiblePositionManagerStruct.sol";
import "./interfaces/IPancakeV3Pool.sol";
import "./interfaces/IMasterChefV2.sol";
import "./interfaces/ILMPool.sol";
import "./interfaces/ILMPoolDeployer.sol";
import "./interfaces/IFarmBooster.sol";
import "./interfaces/IWETH.sol";
import "./utils/Multicall.sol";
import "./Enumerable.sol";
contract MasterChefV3 is INonfungiblePositionManagerStruct, Multicall, Ownable, ReentrancyGuard, Enumerable {
    using SafeERC20 for IERC20;
    using SafeCast for uint256;
    struct PoolInfo {
        uint256 allocPoint;
        // V3 pool address
        IPancakeV3Pool v3Pool;
        // V3 pool token0 address
        address token0;
        // V3 pool token1 address
        address token1;
        // V3 pool fee
        uint24 fee;
        // total liquidity staking in the pool
        uint256 totalLiquidity;
        // total boost liquidity staking in the pool
        uint256 totalBoostLiquidity;
    }
    struct UserPositionInfo {
        uint128 liquidity;
        uint128 boostLiquidity;
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        uint256 rewardGrowthInside;
        uint256 reward;
        address user;
        uint256 pid;
        uint256 boostMultiplier;
    }
    uint256 public poolLength;
    /// @notice Info of each MCV3 pool.
    mapping(uint256 => PoolInfo) public poolInfo;
    /// @notice userPositionInfos[tokenId] => UserPositionInfo
    /// @dev TokenId is unique, and we can query the pid by tokenId.
    mapping(uint256 => UserPositionInfo) public userPositionInfos;
    /// @notice v3PoolPid[token0][token1][fee] => pid
    mapping(address => mapping(address => mapping(uint24 => uint256))) v3PoolPid;
    /// @notice v3PoolAddressPid[v3PoolAddress] => pid
    mapping(address => uint256) public v3PoolAddressPid;
    /// @notice Address of CAKE contract.
    IERC20 public immutable CAKE;
    /// @notice Address of WETH contract.
    address public immutable WETH;
    /// @notice Address of Receiver contract.
    address public receiver;
    INonfungiblePositionManager public immutable nonfungiblePositionManager;
    /// @notice Address of liquidity mining pool deployer contract.
    ILMPoolDeployer public LMPoolDeployer;
    /// @notice Address of farm booster contract.
    IFarmBooster public FARM_BOOSTER;
    /// @notice Only use for emergency situations.
    bool public emergency;
    /// @notice Total allocation points. Must be the sum of all pools' allocation points.
    uint256 public totalAllocPoint;
    uint256 public latestPeriodNumber;
    uint256 public latestPeriodStartTime;
    uint256 public latestPeriodEndTime;
    uint256 public latestPeriodCakePerSecond;
    /// @notice Address of the operator.
    address public operatorAddress;
    /// @notice Default period duration.
    uint256 public PERIOD_DURATION = 1 days;
    uint256 public constant MAX_DURATION = 30 days;
    uint256 public constant MIN_DURATION = 1 days;
    uint256 public constant PRECISION = 1e12;
    /// @notice Basic boost factor, none boosted user's boost factor
    uint256 public constant BOOST_PRECISION = 100 * 1e10;
    /// @notice Hard limit for maxmium boost factor, it must greater than BOOST_PRECISION
    uint256 public constant MAX_BOOST_PRECISION = 200 * 1e10;
    uint256 constant Q128 = 0x100000000000000000000000000000000;
    uint256 constant MAX_U256 = type(uint256).max;
    /// @notice Record the cake amount belong to MasterChefV3.
    uint256 public cakeAmountBelongToMC;
    error ZeroAddress();
    error NotOwnerOrOperator();
    error NoBalance();
    error NotPancakeNFT();
    error InvalidNFT();
    error NotOwner();
    error NoLiquidity();
    error InvalidPeriodDuration();
    error NoLMPool();
    error InvalidPid();
    error DuplicatedPool(uint256 pid);
    error NotEmpty();
    error WrongReceiver();
    error InconsistentAmount();
    error InsufficientAmount();
    event AddPool(uint256 indexed pid, uint256 allocPoint, IPancakeV3Pool indexed v3Pool, ILMPool indexed lmPool);
    event SetPool(uint256 indexed pid, uint256 allocPoint);
    event Deposit(
        address indexed from,
        uint256 indexed pid,
        uint256 indexed tokenId,
        uint256 liquidity,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    );
    event Withdraw(address indexed from, address to, uint256 indexed pid, uint256 indexed tokenId);
    event UpdateLiquidity(
        address indexed from,
        uint256 indexed pid,
        uint256 indexed tokenId,
        int128 liquidity,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper
    );
    event NewOperatorAddress(address operator);
    event NewLMPoolDeployerAddress(address deployer);
    event NewReceiver(address receiver);
    event NewPeriodDuration(uint256 periodDuration);
    event Harvest(address indexed sender, address to, uint256 indexed pid, uint256 indexed tokenId, uint256 reward);
    event NewUpkeepPeriod(
        uint256 indexed periodNumber,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        uint256 cakePerSecond,
        uint256 cakeAmount
    );
    event UpdateUpkeepPeriod(
        uint256 indexed periodNumber,
        uint256 oldEndTime,
        uint256 newEndTime,
        uint256 remainingCake
    );
    event UpdateFarmBoostContract(address indexed farmBoostContract);
    event SetEmergency(bool emergency);
    modifier onlyOwnerOrOperator() {
        if (msg.sender != operatorAddress && msg.sender != owner()) revert NotOwnerOrOperator();
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyValidPid(uint256 _pid) {
        if (_pid == 0 || _pid > poolLength) revert InvalidPid();
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyReceiver() {
        require(receiver == msg.sender, "Not receiver");
        _;
    }
    /**
     * @dev Throws if caller is not the boost contract.
     */
    modifier onlyBoostContract() {
        require(address(FARM_BOOSTER) == msg.sender, "Not farm boost contract");
        _;
    }
    /// @param _CAKE The CAKE token contract address.
    /// @param _nonfungiblePositionManager the NFT position manager contract address.
    constructor(IERC20 _CAKE, INonfungiblePositionManager _nonfungiblePositionManager, address _WETH) {
        CAKE = _CAKE;
        nonfungiblePositionManager = _nonfungiblePositionManager;
        WETH = _WETH;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the cake per second , period end time.
    /// @param _pid The pool pid.
    /// @return cakePerSecond Cake reward per second.
    /// @return endTime Period end time.
    function getLatestPeriodInfoByPid(uint256 _pid) public view returns (uint256 cakePerSecond, uint256 endTime) {
        if (totalAllocPoint > 0) {
            cakePerSecond = (latestPeriodCakePerSecond * poolInfo[_pid].allocPoint) / totalAllocPoint;
        }
        endTime = latestPeriodEndTime;
    }
    /// @notice Returns the cake per second , period end time. This is for liquidity mining pool.
    /// @param _v3Pool Address of the V3 pool.
    /// @return cakePerSecond Cake reward per second.
    /// @return endTime Period end time.
    function getLatestPeriodInfo(address _v3Pool) public view returns (uint256 cakePerSecond, uint256 endTime) {
        if (totalAllocPoint > 0) {
            cakePerSecond =
                (latestPeriodCakePerSecond * poolInfo[v3PoolAddressPid[_v3Pool]].allocPoint) /
                totalAllocPoint;
        }
        endTime = latestPeriodEndTime;
    }
    /// @notice View function for checking pending CAKE rewards.
    /// @dev The pending cake amount is based on the last state in LMPool. The actual amount will happen whenever liquidity changes or harvest.
    /// @param _tokenId Token Id of NFT.
    /// @return reward Pending reward.
    function pendingCake(uint256 _tokenId) external view returns (uint256 reward) {
        UserPositionInfo memory positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.pid != 0) {
            PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[positionInfo.pid];
            ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
            if (address(LMPool) != address(0)) {
                uint256 rewardGrowthInside = LMPool.getRewardGrowthInside(
                    positionInfo.tickLower,
                    positionInfo.tickUpper
                );
                if (
                    rewardGrowthInside > positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside &&
                    MAX_U256 / (rewardGrowthInside - positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside) > positionInfo.boostLiquidity
                )
                    reward =
                        ((rewardGrowthInside - positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside) * positionInfo.boostLiquidity) /
                        Q128;
            }
            reward += positionInfo.reward;
        }
    }
    /// @notice For emergency use only.
    function setEmergency(bool _emergency) external onlyOwner {
        emergency = _emergency;
        emit SetEmergency(emergency);
    }
    function setReceiver(address _receiver) external onlyOwner {
        if (_receiver == address(0)) revert ZeroAddress();
        if (CAKE.allowance(_receiver, address(this)) != type(uint256).max) revert();
        receiver = _receiver;
        emit NewReceiver(_receiver);
    }
    function setLMPoolDeployer(ILMPoolDeployer _LMPoolDeployer) external onlyOwner {
        if (address(_LMPoolDeployer) == address(0)) revert ZeroAddress();
        LMPoolDeployer = _LMPoolDeployer;
        emit NewLMPoolDeployerAddress(address(_LMPoolDeployer));
    }
    /// @notice Add a new pool. Can only be called by the owner.
    /// @notice One v3 pool can only create one pool.
    /// @param _allocPoint Number of allocation points for the new pool.
    /// @param _v3Pool Address of the V3 pool.
    /// @param _withUpdate Whether call "massUpdatePools" operation.
    function add(uint256 _allocPoint, IPancakeV3Pool _v3Pool, bool _withUpdate) external onlyOwner {
        if (_withUpdate) massUpdatePools();
        ILMPool lmPool = LMPoolDeployer.deploy(_v3Pool);
        totalAllocPoint += _allocPoint;
        address token0 = _v3Pool.token0();
        address token1 = _v3Pool.token1();
        uint24 fee = _v3Pool.fee();
        if (v3PoolPid[token0][token1][fee] != 0) revert DuplicatedPool(v3PoolPid[token0][token1][fee]);
        if (IERC20(token0).allowance(address(this), address(nonfungiblePositionManager)) == 0)
            IERC20(token0).safeApprove(address(nonfungiblePositionManager), type(uint256).max);
        if (IERC20(token1).allowance(address(this), address(nonfungiblePositionManager)) == 0)
            IERC20(token1).safeApprove(address(nonfungiblePositionManager), type(uint256).max);
        unchecked {
            poolLength++;
        }
        poolInfo[poolLength] = PoolInfo({
            allocPoint: _allocPoint,
            v3Pool: _v3Pool,
            token0: token0,
            token1: token1,
            fee: fee,
            totalLiquidity: 0,
            totalBoostLiquidity: 0
        });
        v3PoolPid[token0][token1][fee] = poolLength;
        v3PoolAddressPid[address(_v3Pool)] = poolLength;
        emit AddPool(poolLength, _allocPoint, _v3Pool, lmPool);
    }
    /// @notice Update the given pool's CAKE allocation point. Can only be called by the owner.
    /// @param _pid The id of the pool. See `poolInfo`.
    /// @param _allocPoint New number of allocation points for the pool.
    /// @param _withUpdate Whether call "massUpdatePools" operation.
    function set(uint256 _pid, uint256 _allocPoint, bool _withUpdate) external onlyOwner onlyValidPid(_pid) {
        uint32 currentTime = uint32(block.timestamp);
        PoolInfo storage pool = poolInfo[_pid];
        ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
        if (address(LMPool) != address(0)) {
            LMPool.accumulateReward(currentTime);
        }
        if (_withUpdate) massUpdatePools();
        totalAllocPoint = totalAllocPoint - pool.allocPoint + _allocPoint;
        pool.allocPoint = _allocPoint;
        emit SetPool(_pid, _allocPoint);
    }
    struct DepositCache {
        address token0;
        address token1;
        uint24 fee;
        int24 tickLower;
        int24 tickUpper;
        uint128 liquidity;
    }
    /// @notice Upon receiving a ERC721
    function onERC721Received(
        address,
        address _from,
        uint256 _tokenId,
        bytes calldata
    ) external nonReentrant returns (bytes4) {
        if (msg.sender != address(nonfungiblePositionManager)) revert NotPancakeNFT();
        DepositCache memory cache;
        (
            ,
            ,
            cache.token0,
            cache.token1,
            cache.fee,
            cache.tickLower,
            cache.tickUpper,
            cache.liquidity,
            ,
            ,
            ,
        ) = nonfungiblePositionManager.positions(_tokenId);
        if (cache.liquidity == 0) revert NoLiquidity();
        uint256 pid = v3PoolPid[cache.token0][cache.token1][cache.fee];
        if (pid == 0) revert InvalidNFT();
        PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[pid];
        ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
        if (address(LMPool) == address(0)) revert NoLMPool();
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        positionInfo.tickLower = cache.tickLower;
        positionInfo.tickUpper = cache.tickUpper;
        positionInfo.user = _from;
        positionInfo.pid = pid;
        // Need to update LMPool.
        LMPool.accumulateReward(uint32(block.timestamp));
        updateLiquidityOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, 0);
        positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside = LMPool.getRewardGrowthInside(cache.tickLower, cache.tickUpper);
        // Update Enumerable
        addToken(_from, _tokenId);
        emit Deposit(_from, pid, _tokenId, cache.liquidity, cache.tickLower, cache.tickUpper);
        return this.onERC721Received.selector;
    }
    /// @notice harvest cake from pool.
    /// @param _tokenId Token Id of NFT.
    /// @param _to Address to.
    /// @return reward Cake reward.
    function harvest(uint256 _tokenId, address _to) external nonReentrant returns (uint256 reward) {
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.user != msg.sender) revert NotOwner();
        if (positionInfo.liquidity == 0 && positionInfo.reward == 0) revert NoLiquidity();
        reward = harvestOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, _to);
    }
    function harvestOperation(
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo,
        uint256 _tokenId,
        address _to
    ) internal returns (uint256 reward) {
        PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[positionInfo.pid];
        ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
        if (address(LMPool) != address(0) && !emergency) {
            // Update rewardGrowthInside
            LMPool.accumulateReward(uint32(block.timestamp));
            uint256 rewardGrowthInside = LMPool.getRewardGrowthInside(positionInfo.tickLower, positionInfo.tickUpper);
            // Check overflow
            if (
                rewardGrowthInside > positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside &&
                MAX_U256 / (rewardGrowthInside - positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside) > positionInfo.boostLiquidity
            ) reward = ((rewardGrowthInside - positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside) * positionInfo.boostLiquidity) / Q128;
            positionInfo.rewardGrowthInside = rewardGrowthInside;
        }
        reward += positionInfo.reward;
        if (reward > 0) {
            if (_to != address(0)) {
                positionInfo.reward = 0;
                _safeTransfer(_to, reward);
                emit Harvest(msg.sender, _to, positionInfo.pid, _tokenId, reward);
            } else {
                positionInfo.reward = reward;
            }
        }
    }
    /// @notice Withdraw LP tokens from pool.
    /// @param _tokenId Token Id of NFT to deposit.
    /// @param _to Address to which NFT token to withdraw.
    /// @return reward Cake reward.
    function withdraw(uint256 _tokenId, address _to) external nonReentrant returns (uint256 reward) {
        if (_to == address(this) || _to == address(0)) revert WrongReceiver();
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.user != msg.sender) revert NotOwner();
        reward = harvestOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, _to);
        uint256 pid = positionInfo.pid;
        PoolInfo storage pool = poolInfo[pid];
        ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
        if (address(LMPool) != address(0) && !emergency) {
            // Remove all liquidity from liquidity mining pool.
            int128 liquidityDelta = -int128(positionInfo.boostLiquidity);
            LMPool.updatePosition(positionInfo.tickLower, positionInfo.tickUpper, liquidityDelta);
            emit UpdateLiquidity(
                msg.sender,
                pid,
                _tokenId,
                liquidityDelta,
                positionInfo.tickLower,
                positionInfo.tickUpper
            );
        }
        pool.totalLiquidity -= positionInfo.liquidity;
        pool.totalBoostLiquidity -= positionInfo.boostLiquidity;
        delete userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        // Update Enumerable
        removeToken(msg.sender, _tokenId);
        // Remove boosted token id in farm booster.
        if (address(FARM_BOOSTER) != address(0)) FARM_BOOSTER.removeBoostMultiplier(msg.sender, _tokenId, pid);
        nonfungiblePositionManager.safeTransferFrom(address(this), _to, _tokenId);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, _to, pid, _tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Update liquidity for the NFT position.
    /// @param _tokenId Token Id of NFT to update.
    function updateLiquidity(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.pid == 0) revert InvalidNFT();
        harvestOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, address(0));
        updateLiquidityOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, 0);
    }
    /// @notice Update farm boost multiplier for the NFT position.
    /// @param _tokenId Token Id of NFT to update.
    /// @param _newMultiplier New boost multiplier.
    function updateBoostMultiplier(uint256 _tokenId, uint256 _newMultiplier) external onlyBoostContract {
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.pid == 0) revert InvalidNFT();
        harvestOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, address(0));
        updateLiquidityOperation(positionInfo, _tokenId, _newMultiplier);
    }
    function updateLiquidityOperation(
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo,
        uint256 _tokenId,
        uint256 _newMultiplier
    ) internal {
        (, , , , , int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper, uint128 liquidity, , , , ) = nonfungiblePositionManager.positions(
            _tokenId
        );
        PoolInfo storage pool = poolInfo[positionInfo.pid];
        if (positionInfo.liquidity != liquidity) {
            pool.totalLiquidity = pool.totalLiquidity - positionInfo.liquidity + liquidity;
            positionInfo.liquidity = liquidity;
        }
        uint256 boostMultiplier = BOOST_PRECISION;
        if (address(FARM_BOOSTER) != address(0) && _newMultiplier == 0) {
            // Get the latest boostMultiplier and update boostMultiplier in farm booster.
            boostMultiplier = FARM_BOOSTER.updatePositionBoostMultiplier(_tokenId);
        } else if (_newMultiplier != 0) {
            // Update boostMultiplier from farm booster call.
            boostMultiplier = _newMultiplier;
        }
        if (boostMultiplier < BOOST_PRECISION) {
            boostMultiplier = BOOST_PRECISION;
        } else if (boostMultiplier > MAX_BOOST_PRECISION) {
            boostMultiplier = MAX_BOOST_PRECISION;
        }
        positionInfo.boostMultiplier = boostMultiplier;
        uint128 boostLiquidity = ((uint256(liquidity) * boostMultiplier) / BOOST_PRECISION).toUint128();
        int128 liquidityDelta = int128(boostLiquidity) - int128(positionInfo.boostLiquidity);
        if (liquidityDelta != 0) {
            pool.totalBoostLiquidity = pool.totalBoostLiquidity - positionInfo.boostLiquidity + boostLiquidity;
            positionInfo.boostLiquidity = boostLiquidity;
            ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
            if (address(LMPool) == address(0)) revert NoLMPool();
            LMPool.updatePosition(tickLower, tickUpper, liquidityDelta);
            emit UpdateLiquidity(msg.sender, positionInfo.pid, _tokenId, liquidityDelta, tickLower, tickUpper);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Increases the amount of liquidity in a position, with tokens paid by the `msg.sender`
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being increased,
    /// amount0Desired The desired amount of token0 to be spent,
    /// amount1Desired The desired amount of token1 to be spent,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 to spend, which serves as a slippage check,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return liquidity The new liquidity amount as a result of the increase
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 to acheive resulting liquidity
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 to acheive resulting liquidity
    function increaseLiquidity(
        IncreaseLiquidityParams memory params
    ) external payable nonReentrant returns (uint128 liquidity, uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[params.tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.pid == 0) revert InvalidNFT();
        PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[positionInfo.pid];
        pay(pool.token0, params.amount0Desired);
        pay(pool.token1, params.amount1Desired);
        if (pool.token0 != WETH && pool.token1 != WETH && msg.value > 0) revert();
        (liquidity, amount0, amount1) = nonfungiblePositionManager.increaseLiquidity{value: msg.value}(params);
        uint256 token0Left = params.amount0Desired - amount0;
        uint256 token1Left = params.amount1Desired - amount1;
        if (token0Left > 0) {
            refund(pool.token0, token0Left);
        }
        if (token1Left > 0) {
            refund(pool.token1, token1Left);
        }
        harvestOperation(positionInfo, params.tokenId, address(0));
        updateLiquidityOperation(positionInfo, params.tokenId, 0);
    }
    /// @notice Pay.
    /// @param _token The token to pay
    /// @param _amount The amount to pay
    function pay(address _token, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_token == WETH && msg.value > 0) {
            if (msg.value != _amount) revert InconsistentAmount();
        } else {
            IERC20(_token).safeTransferFrom(msg.sender, address(this), _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Refund.
    /// @param _token The token to refund
    /// @param _amount The amount to refund
    function refund(address _token, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_token == WETH && msg.value > 0) {
            nonfungiblePositionManager.refundETH();
            safeTransferETH(msg.sender, address(this).balance);
        } else {
            IERC20(_token).safeTransfer(msg.sender, _amount);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Decreases the amount of liquidity in a position and accounts it to the position
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the token for which liquidity is being decreased,
    /// amount The amount by which liquidity will be decreased,
    /// amount0Min The minimum amount of token0 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// amount1Min The minimum amount of token1 that should be accounted for the burned liquidity,
    /// deadline The time by which the transaction must be included to effect the change
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 accounted to the position's tokens owed
    function decreaseLiquidity(
        DecreaseLiquidityParams memory params
    ) external nonReentrant returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        UserPositionInfo storage positionInfo = userPositionInfos[params.tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.user != msg.sender) revert NotOwner();
        (amount0, amount1) = nonfungiblePositionManager.decreaseLiquidity(params);
        harvestOperation(positionInfo, params.tokenId, address(0));
        updateLiquidityOperation(positionInfo, params.tokenId, 0);
    }
    /// @notice Collects up to a maximum amount of fees owed to a specific position to the recipient
    /// @param params tokenId The ID of the NFT for which tokens are being collected,
    /// recipient The account that should receive the tokens,
    /// @dev Warning!!! Please make sure to use multicall to call unwrapWETH9 or sweepToken when set recipient address(0), or you will lose your funds.
    /// amount0Max The maximum amount of token0 to collect,
    /// amount1Max The maximum amount of token1 to collect
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(CollectParams memory params) external nonReentrant returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        UserPositionInfo memory positionInfo = userPositionInfos[params.tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.user != msg.sender) revert NotOwner();
        if (params.recipient == address(0)) params.recipient = address(this);
        (amount0, amount1) = nonfungiblePositionManager.collect(params);
    }
    /// @notice Collects up to a maximum amount of fees owed to a specific position to the recipient, then refund.
    /// @param params CollectParams.
    /// @param to Refund recipent.
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collectTo(
        CollectParams memory params,
        address to
    ) external nonReentrant returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1) {
        UserPositionInfo memory positionInfo = userPositionInfos[params.tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.user != msg.sender) revert NotOwner();
        if (params.recipient == address(0)) params.recipient = address(this);
        (amount0, amount1) = nonfungiblePositionManager.collect(params);
        // Need to refund token to user when recipient is zero address
        if (params.recipient == address(this)) {
            PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[positionInfo.pid];
            if (to == address(0)) to = msg.sender;
            transferToken(pool.token0, to);
            transferToken(pool.token1, to);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Transfer token from MasterChef V3.
    /// @param _token The token to transfer.
    /// @param _to The to address.
    function transferToken(address _token, address _to) internal {
        uint256 balance = IERC20(_token).balanceOf(address(this));
        // Need to reduce cakeAmountBelongToMC.
        if (_token == address(CAKE)) {
            unchecked {
                // In fact balance should always be greater than or equal to cakeAmountBelongToMC, but in order to avoid any unknown issue, we added this check.
                if (balance >= cakeAmountBelongToMC) {
                    balance -= cakeAmountBelongToMC;
                } else {
                    // This should never happend.
                    cakeAmountBelongToMC = balance;
                    balance = 0;
                }
            }
        }
        if (balance > 0) {
            if (_token == WETH) {
                IWETH(WETH).withdraw(balance);
                safeTransferETH(_to, balance);
            } else {
                IERC20(_token).safeTransfer(_to, balance);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @notice Unwraps the contract's WETH9 balance and sends it to recipient as ETH.
    /// @dev The amountMinimum parameter prevents malicious contracts from stealing WETH9 from users.
    /// @param amountMinimum The minimum amount of WETH9 to unwrap
    /// @param recipient The address receiving ETH
    function unwrapWETH9(uint256 amountMinimum, address recipient) external nonReentrant {
        uint256 balanceWETH = IWETH(WETH).balanceOf(address(this));
        if (balanceWETH < amountMinimum) revert InsufficientAmount();
        if (balanceWETH > 0) {
            IWETH(WETH).withdraw(balanceWETH);
            safeTransferETH(recipient, balanceWETH);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Transfers the full amount of a token held by this contract to recipient
    /// @dev The amountMinimum parameter prevents malicious contracts from stealing the token from users
    /// @param token The contract address of the token which will be transferred to `recipient`
    /// @param amountMinimum The minimum amount of token required for a transfer
    /// @param recipient The destination address of the token
    function sweepToken(address token, uint256 amountMinimum, address recipient) external nonReentrant {
        uint256 balanceToken = IERC20(token).balanceOf(address(this));
        // Need to reduce cakeAmountBelongToMC.
        if (token == address(CAKE)) {
            unchecked {
                // In fact balance should always be greater than or equal to cakeAmountBelongToMC, but in order to avoid any unknown issue, we added this check.
                if (balanceToken >= cakeAmountBelongToMC) {
                    balanceToken -= cakeAmountBelongToMC;
                } else {
                    // This should never happend.
                    cakeAmountBelongToMC = balanceToken;
                    balanceToken = 0;
                }
            }
        }
        if (balanceToken < amountMinimum) revert InsufficientAmount();
        if (balanceToken > 0) {
            IERC20(token).safeTransfer(recipient, balanceToken);
        }
    }
    /// @notice Burns a token ID, which deletes it from the NFT contract. The token must have 0 liquidity and all tokens
    /// must be collected first.
    /// @param _tokenId The ID of the token that is being burned
    function burn(uint256 _tokenId) external nonReentrant {
        UserPositionInfo memory positionInfo = userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        if (positionInfo.user != msg.sender) revert NotOwner();
        if (positionInfo.reward > 0 || positionInfo.liquidity > 0) revert NotEmpty();
        delete userPositionInfos[_tokenId];
        // Update Enumerable
        removeToken(msg.sender, _tokenId);
        // Remove boosted token id in farm booster.
        if (address(FARM_BOOSTER) != address(0))
            FARM_BOOSTER.removeBoostMultiplier(msg.sender, _tokenId, positionInfo.pid);
        nonfungiblePositionManager.burn(_tokenId);
        emit Withdraw(msg.sender, address(0), positionInfo.pid, _tokenId);
    }
    /// @notice Upkeep period.
    /// @param _amount The amount of cake injected.
    /// @param _duration The period duration.
    /// @param _withUpdate Whether call "massUpdatePools" operation.
    function upkeep(uint256 _amount, uint256 _duration, bool _withUpdate) external onlyReceiver {
        // Transfer cake token from receiver.
        CAKE.safeTransferFrom(receiver, address(this), _amount);
        // Update cakeAmountBelongToMC
        unchecked {
            cakeAmountBelongToMC += _amount;
        }
        if (_withUpdate) massUpdatePools();
        uint256 duration = PERIOD_DURATION;
        // Only use the _duration when _duration is between MIN_DURATION and MAX_DURATION.
        if (_duration >= MIN_DURATION && _duration <= MAX_DURATION) duration = _duration;
        uint256 currentTime = block.timestamp;
        uint256 endTime = currentTime + duration;
        uint256 cakePerSecond;
        uint256 cakeAmount = _amount;
        if (latestPeriodEndTime > currentTime) {
            uint256 remainingCake = ((latestPeriodEndTime - currentTime) * latestPeriodCakePerSecond) / PRECISION;
            emit UpdateUpkeepPeriod(latestPeriodNumber, latestPeriodEndTime, currentTime, remainingCake);
            cakeAmount += remainingCake;
        }
        cakePerSecond = (cakeAmount * PRECISION) / duration;
        unchecked {
            latestPeriodNumber++;
            latestPeriodStartTime = currentTime + 1;
            latestPeriodEndTime = endTime;
            latestPeriodCakePerSecond = cakePerSecond;
        }
        emit NewUpkeepPeriod(latestPeriodNumber, currentTime + 1, endTime, cakePerSecond, cakeAmount);
    }
    /// @notice Update cake reward for all the liquidity mining pool.
    function massUpdatePools() internal {
        uint32 currentTime = uint32(block.timestamp);
        for (uint256 pid = 1; pid <= poolLength; pid++) {
            PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[pid];
            ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
            if (pool.allocPoint != 0 && address(LMPool) != address(0)) {
                LMPool.accumulateReward(currentTime);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @notice Update cake reward for the liquidity mining pool.
    /// @dev Avoid too many pools, and a single transaction cannot be fully executed for all pools.
    function updatePools(uint256[] calldata pids) external onlyOwnerOrOperator {
        uint32 currentTime = uint32(block.timestamp);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < pids.length; i++) {
            PoolInfo memory pool = poolInfo[pids[i]];
            ILMPool LMPool = ILMPool(pool.v3Pool.lmPool());
            if (pool.allocPoint != 0 && address(LMPool) != address(0)) {
                LMPool.accumulateReward(currentTime);
            }
        }
    }
    /// @notice Set operator address.
    /// @dev Callable by owner
    /// @param _operatorAddress New operator address.
    function setOperator(address _operatorAddress) external onlyOwner {
        if (_operatorAddress == address(0)) revert ZeroAddress();
        operatorAddress = _operatorAddress;
        emit NewOperatorAddress(_operatorAddress);
    }
    /// @notice Set period duration.
    /// @dev Callable by owner
    /// @param _periodDuration New period duration.
    function setPeriodDuration(uint256 _periodDuration) external onlyOwner {
        if (_periodDuration < MIN_DURATION || _periodDuration > MAX_DURATION) revert InvalidPeriodDuration();
        PERIOD_DURATION = _periodDuration;
        emit NewPeriodDuration(_periodDuration);
    }
    /// @notice Update farm boost contract address.
    /// @param _newFarmBoostContract The new farm booster address.
    function updateFarmBoostContract(address _newFarmBoostContract) external onlyOwner {
        // farm booster can be zero address when need to remove farm booster
        FARM_BOOSTER = IFarmBooster(_newFarmBoostContract);
        emit UpdateFarmBoostContract(_newFarmBoostContract);
    }
    /**
     * @notice Transfer ETH in a safe way
     * @param to: address to transfer ETH to
     * @param value: ETH amount to transfer (in wei)
     */
    function safeTransferETH(address to, uint256 value) internal {
        (bool success, ) = to.call{value: value}("");
        if (!success) revert();
    }
    /// @notice Safe Transfer CAKE.
    /// @param _to The CAKE receiver address.
    /// @param _amount Transfer CAKE amounts.
    function _safeTransfer(address _to, uint256 _amount) internal {
        if (_amount > 0) {
            uint256 balance = CAKE.balanceOf(address(this));
            if (balance < _amount) {
                _amount = balance;
            }
            // Update cakeAmountBelongToMC
            unchecked {
                if (cakeAmountBelongToMC >= _amount) {
                    cakeAmountBelongToMC -= _amount;
                } else {
                    cakeAmountBelongToMC = balance - _amount;
                }
            }
            CAKE.safeTransfer(_to, _amount);
        }
    }
    receive() external payable {
        if (msg.sender != address(nonfungiblePositionManager) && msg.sender != WETH) revert();
    }
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.8.10;
/// @title Multicall
/// @notice Enables calling multiple methods in a single call to the contract
contract Multicall {
    function multicall(bytes[] calldata data) public payable returns (bytes[] memory results) {
        results = new bytes[](data.length);
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < data.length; i++) {
            (bool success, bytes memory result) = address(this).delegatecall(data[i]);
            if (!success) {
                // Next 5 lines from https://ethereum.stackexchange.com/a/83577
                if (result.length < 68) revert();
                assembly {
                    result := add(result, 0x04)
                }
                revert(abi.decode(result, (string)));
            }
            results[i] = result;
        }
    }
}

// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title The interface for the PancakeSwap V3 Factory
/// @notice The PancakeSwap V3 Factory facilitates creation of PancakeSwap V3 pools and control over the protocol fees
interface IPancakeV3Factory {
    struct TickSpacingExtraInfo {
        bool whitelistRequested;
        bool enabled;
    }
    /// @notice Emitted when the owner of the factory is changed
    /// @param oldOwner The owner before the owner was changed
    /// @param newOwner The owner after the owner was changed
    event OwnerChanged(address indexed oldOwner, address indexed newOwner);
    /// @notice Emitted when a pool is created
    /// @param token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
    /// @param pool The address of the created pool
    event PoolCreated(
        address indexed token0,
        address indexed token1,
        uint24 indexed fee,
        int24 tickSpacing,
        address pool
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a new fee amount is enabled for pool creation via the factory
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @param tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks for pools created with the given fee
    event FeeAmountEnabled(uint24 indexed fee, int24 indexed tickSpacing);
    event FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(uint24 indexed fee, bool whitelistRequested, bool enabled);
    event WhiteListAdded(address indexed user, bool verified);
    /// @notice Emitted when LM pool deployer is set
    event SetLmPoolDeployer(address indexed lmPoolDeployer);
    /// @notice Returns the current owner of the factory
    /// @dev Can be changed by the current owner via setOwner
    /// @return The address of the factory owner
    function owner() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice Returns the tick spacing for a given fee amount, if enabled, or 0 if not enabled
    /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function feeAmountTickSpacing(uint24 fee) external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice Returns the tick spacing extra info
    /// @dev A fee amount can never be removed, so this value should be hard coded or cached in the calling context
    /// @param fee The enabled fee, denominated in hundredths of a bip. Returns 0 in case of unenabled fee
    /// @return whitelistRequested The flag whether should be created by white list users only
    function feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo(uint24 fee) external view returns (bool whitelistRequested, bool enabled);
    /// @notice Returns the pool address for a given pair of tokens and a fee, or address 0 if it does not exist
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either token0/token1 or token1/token0 order
    /// @param tokenA The contract address of either token0 or token1
    /// @param tokenB The contract address of the other token
    /// @param fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// @return pool The pool address
    function getPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external view returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Creates a pool for the given two tokens and fee
    /// @param tokenA One of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param tokenB The other of the two tokens in the desired pool
    /// @param fee The desired fee for the pool
    /// @dev tokenA and tokenB may be passed in either order: token0/token1 or token1/token0. tickSpacing is retrieved
    /// from the fee. The call will revert if the pool already exists, the fee is invalid, or the token arguments
    /// are invalid.
    /// @return pool The address of the newly created pool
    function createPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external returns (address pool);
    /// @notice Updates the owner of the factory
    /// @dev Must be called by the current owner
    /// @param _owner The new owner of the factory
    function setOwner(address _owner) external;
    /// @notice Enables a fee amount with the given tickSpacing
    /// @dev Fee amounts may never be removed once enabled
    /// @param fee The fee amount to enable, denominated in hundredths of a bip (i.e. 1e-6)
    /// @param tickSpacing The spacing between ticks to be enforced for all pools created with the given fee amount
    function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) external;
    /// @notice Set an address into white list
    /// @dev Address can be updated by owner with boolean value false
    /// @param user The user address that add into white list
    function setWhiteListAddress(address user, bool verified) external;
    /// @notice Set a fee amount extra info
    /// @dev Fee amounts can be updated by owner with extra info
    /// @param whitelistRequested The flag whether should be created by owner only
    /// @param enabled The flag is the fee is enabled or not
    function setFeeAmountExtraInfo(
        uint24 fee,
        bool whitelistRequested,
        bool enabled
    ) external;
    function setLmPoolDeployer(address _lmPoolDeployer) external;
    function setFeeProtocol(address pool, uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external;
    function collectProtocol(
        address pool,
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    function setLmPool(address pool, address lmPool) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolImmutables.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolState.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolActions.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions.sol';
import './pool/IPancakeV3PoolEvents.sol';
/// @title The interface for a PancakeSwap V3 Pool
/// @notice A PancakeSwap pool facilitates swapping and automated market making between any two assets that strictly conform
/// to the ERC20 specification
/// @dev The pool interface is broken up into many smaller pieces
interface IPancakeV3Pool is
    IPancakeV3PoolImmutables,
    IPancakeV3PoolState,
    IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState,
    IPancakeV3PoolActions,
    IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions,
    IPancakeV3PoolEvents
{
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title An interface for a contract that is capable of deploying PancakeSwap V3 Pools
/// @notice A contract that constructs a pool must implement this to pass arguments to the pool
/// @dev This is used to avoid having constructor arguments in the pool contract, which results in the init code hash
/// of the pool being constant allowing the CREATE2 address of the pool to be cheaply computed on-chain
interface IPancakeV3PoolDeployer {
    /// @notice Get the parameters to be used in constructing the pool, set transiently during pool creation.
    /// @dev Called by the pool constructor to fetch the parameters of the pool
    /// Returns factory The factory address
    /// Returns token0 The first token of the pool by address sort order
    /// Returns token1 The second token of the pool by address sort order
    /// Returns fee The fee collected upon every swap in the pool, denominated in hundredths of a bip
    /// Returns tickSpacing The minimum number of ticks between initialized ticks
    function parameters()
        external
        view
        returns (
            address factory,
            address token0,
            address token1,
            uint24 fee,
            int24 tickSpacing
        );
    function deploy(
        address factory,
        address token0,
        address token1,
        uint24 fee,
        int24 tickSpacing
    ) external returns (address pool);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissionless pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that can be called by anyone
interface IPancakeV3PoolActions {
    /// @notice Sets the initial price for the pool
    /// @dev Price is represented as a sqrt(amountToken1/amountToken0) Q64.96 value
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 the initial sqrt price of the pool as a Q64.96
    function initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96) external;
    /// @notice Adds liquidity for the given recipient/tickLower/tickUpper position
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3MintCallback#pancakeV3MintCallback
    /// in which they must pay any token0 or token1 owed for the liquidity. The amount of token0/token1 due depends
    /// on tickLower, tickUpper, the amount of liquidity, and the current price.
    /// @param recipient The address for which the liquidity will be created
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position in which to add liquidity
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to mint
    /// @param data Any data that should be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 that was paid to mint the given amount of liquidity. Matches the value in the callback
    function mint(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Collects tokens owed to a position
    /// @dev Does not recompute fees earned, which must be done either via mint or burn of any amount of liquidity.
    /// Collect must be called by the position owner. To withdraw only token0 or only token1, amount0Requested or
    /// amount1Requested may be set to zero. To withdraw all tokens owed, caller may pass any value greater than the
    /// actual tokens owed, e.g. type(uint128).max. Tokens owed may be from accumulated swap fees or burned liquidity.
    /// @param recipient The address which should receive the fees collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to collect fees
    /// @param amount0Requested How much token0 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @param amount1Requested How much token1 should be withdrawn from the fees owed
    /// @return amount0 The amount of fees collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The amount of fees collected in token1
    function collect(
        address recipient,
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Burn liquidity from the sender and account tokens owed for the liquidity to the position
    /// @dev Can be used to trigger a recalculation of fees owed to a position by calling with an amount of 0
    /// @dev Fees must be collected separately via a call to #collect
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position for which to burn liquidity
    /// @param amount How much liquidity to burn
    /// @return amount0 The amount of token0 sent to the recipient
    /// @return amount1 The amount of token1 sent to the recipient
    function burn(
        int24 tickLower,
        int24 tickUpper,
        uint128 amount
    ) external returns (uint256 amount0, uint256 amount1);
    /// @notice Swap token0 for token1, or token1 for token0
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3SwapCallback#pancakeV3SwapCallback
    /// @param recipient The address to receive the output of the swap
    /// @param zeroForOne The direction of the swap, true for token0 to token1, false for token1 to token0
    /// @param amountSpecified The amount of the swap, which implicitly configures the swap as exact input (positive), or exact output (negative)
    /// @param sqrtPriceLimitX96 The Q64.96 sqrt price limit. If zero for one, the price cannot be less than this
    /// value after the swap. If one for zero, the price cannot be greater than this value after the swap
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    /// @return amount0 The delta of the balance of token0 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    /// @return amount1 The delta of the balance of token1 of the pool, exact when negative, minimum when positive
    function swap(
        address recipient,
        bool zeroForOne,
        int256 amountSpecified,
        uint160 sqrtPriceLimitX96,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (int256 amount0, int256 amount1);
    /// @notice Receive token0 and/or token1 and pay it back, plus a fee, in the callback
    /// @dev The caller of this method receives a callback in the form of IPancakeV3FlashCallback#pancakeV3FlashCallback
    /// @dev Can be used to donate underlying tokens pro-rata to currently in-range liquidity providers by calling
    /// with 0 amount{0,1} and sending the donation amount(s) from the callback
    /// @param recipient The address which will receive the token0 and token1 amounts
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 to send
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 to send
    /// @param data Any data to be passed through to the callback
    function flash(
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;
    /// @notice Increase the maximum number of price and liquidity observations that this pool will store
    /// @dev This method is no-op if the pool already has an observationCardinalityNext greater than or equal to
    /// the input observationCardinalityNext.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNext The desired minimum number of observations for the pool to store
    function increaseObservationCardinalityNext(uint16 observationCardinalityNext) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that is not stored
/// @notice Contains view functions to provide information about the pool that is computed rather than stored on the
/// blockchain. The functions here may have variable gas costs.
interface IPancakeV3PoolDerivedState {
    /// @notice Returns the cumulative tick and liquidity as of each timestamp `secondsAgo` from the current block timestamp
    /// @dev To get a time weighted average tick or liquidity-in-range, you must call this with two values, one representing
    /// the beginning of the period and another for the end of the period. E.g., to get the last hour time-weighted average tick,
    /// you must call it with secondsAgos = [3600, 0].
    /// @dev The time weighted average tick represents the geometric time weighted average price of the pool, in
    /// log base sqrt(1.0001) of token1 / token0. The TickMath library can be used to go from a tick value to a ratio.
    /// @param secondsAgos From how long ago each cumulative tick and liquidity value should be returned
    /// @return tickCumulatives Cumulative tick values as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block timestamp
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s Cumulative seconds per liquidity-in-range value as of each `secondsAgos` from the current block
    /// timestamp
    function observe(uint32[] calldata secondsAgos)
        external
        view
        returns (int56[] memory tickCumulatives, uint160[] memory secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128s);
    /// @notice Returns a snapshot of the tick cumulative, seconds per liquidity and seconds inside a tick range
    /// @dev Snapshots must only be compared to other snapshots, taken over a period for which a position existed.
    /// I.e., snapshots cannot be compared if a position is not held for the entire period between when the first
    /// snapshot is taken and the second snapshot is taken.
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the range
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the range
    /// @return tickCumulativeInside The snapshot of the tick accumulator for the range
    /// @return secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128 The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    /// @return secondsInside The snapshot of seconds per liquidity for the range
    function snapshotCumulativesInside(int24 tickLower, int24 tickUpper)
        external
        view
        returns (
            int56 tickCumulativeInside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityInsideX128,
            uint32 secondsInside
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Events emitted by a pool
/// @notice Contains all events emitted by the pool
interface IPancakeV3PoolEvents {
    /// @notice Emitted exactly once by a pool when #initialize is first called on the pool
    /// @dev Mint/Burn/Swap cannot be emitted by the pool before Initialize
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The initial sqrt price of the pool, as a Q64.96
    /// @param tick The initial tick of the pool, i.e. log base 1.0001 of the starting price of the pool
    event Initialize(uint160 sqrtPriceX96, int24 tick);
    /// @notice Emitted when liquidity is minted for a given position
    /// @param sender The address that minted the liquidity
    /// @param owner The owner of the position and recipient of any minted liquidity
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity minted to the position range
    /// @param amount0 How much token0 was required for the minted liquidity
    /// @param amount1 How much token1 was required for the minted liquidity
    event Mint(
        address sender,
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when fees are collected by the owner of a position
    /// @dev Collect events may be emitted with zero amount0 and amount1 when the caller chooses not to collect fees
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which fees are collected
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 fees collected
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 fees collected
    event Collect(
        address indexed owner,
        address recipient,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount0,
        uint128 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when a position's liquidity is removed
    /// @dev Does not withdraw any fees earned by the liquidity position, which must be withdrawn via #collect
    /// @param owner The owner of the position for which liquidity is removed
    /// @param tickLower The lower tick of the position
    /// @param tickUpper The upper tick of the position
    /// @param amount The amount of liquidity to remove
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 withdrawn
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 withdrawn
    event Burn(
        address indexed owner,
        int24 indexed tickLower,
        int24 indexed tickUpper,
        uint128 amount,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any swaps between token0 and token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the output of the swap
    /// @param amount0 The delta of the token0 balance of the pool
    /// @param amount1 The delta of the token1 balance of the pool
    /// @param sqrtPriceX96 The sqrt(price) of the pool after the swap, as a Q64.96
    /// @param liquidity The liquidity of the pool after the swap
    /// @param tick The log base 1.0001 of price of the pool after the swap
    /// @param protocolFeesToken0 The protocol fee of token0 in the swap
    /// @param protocolFeesToken1 The protocol fee of token1 in the swap
    event Swap(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        int256 amount0,
        int256 amount1,
        uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
        uint128 liquidity,
        int24 tick,
        uint128 protocolFeesToken0,
        uint128 protocolFeesToken1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for any flashes of token0/token1
    /// @param sender The address that initiated the swap call, and that received the callback
    /// @param recipient The address that received the tokens from flash
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 that was flashed
    /// @param amount1 The amount of token1 that was flashed
    /// @param paid0 The amount of token0 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount0 plus the fee
    /// @param paid1 The amount of token1 paid for the flash, which can exceed the amount1 plus the fee
    event Flash(
        address indexed sender,
        address indexed recipient,
        uint256 amount0,
        uint256 amount1,
        uint256 paid0,
        uint256 paid1
    );
    /// @notice Emitted by the pool for increases to the number of observations that can be stored
    /// @dev observationCardinalityNext is not the observation cardinality until an observation is written at the index
    /// just before a mint/swap/burn.
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextOld The previous value of the next observation cardinality
    /// @param observationCardinalityNextNew The updated value of the next observation cardinality
    event IncreaseObservationCardinalityNext(
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextOld,
        uint16 observationCardinalityNextNew
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the protocol fee is changed by the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol0Old The previous value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1Old The previous value of the token1 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol0New The updated value of the token0 protocol fee
    /// @param feeProtocol1New The updated value of the token1 protocol fee
    event SetFeeProtocol(
        uint32 feeProtocol0Old,
        uint32 feeProtocol1Old,
        uint32 feeProtocol0New,
        uint32 feeProtocol1New
    );
    /// @notice Emitted when the collected protocol fees are withdrawn by the factory owner
    /// @param sender The address that collects the protocol fees
    /// @param recipient The address that receives the collected protocol fees
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token0 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    /// @param amount0 The amount of token1 protocol fees that is withdrawn
    event CollectProtocol(address indexed sender, address indexed recipient, uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that never changes
/// @notice These parameters are fixed for a pool forever, i.e., the methods will always return the same values
interface IPancakeV3PoolImmutables {
    /// @notice The contract that deployed the pool, which must adhere to the IPancakeV3Factory interface
    /// @return The contract address
    function factory() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The first of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token0() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The second of the two tokens of the pool, sorted by address
    /// @return The token contract address
    function token1() external view returns (address);
    /// @notice The pool's fee in hundredths of a bip, i.e. 1e-6
    /// @return The fee
    function fee() external view returns (uint24);
    /// @notice The pool tick spacing
    /// @dev Ticks can only be used at multiples of this value, minimum of 1 and always positive
    /// e.g.: a tickSpacing of 3 means ticks can be initialized every 3rd tick, i.e., ..., -6, -3, 0, 3, 6, ...
    /// This value is an int24 to avoid casting even though it is always positive.
    /// @return The tick spacing
    function tickSpacing() external view returns (int24);
    /// @notice The maximum amount of position liquidity that can use any tick in the range
    /// @dev This parameter is enforced per tick to prevent liquidity from overflowing a uint128 at any point, and
    /// also prevents out-of-range liquidity from being used to prevent adding in-range liquidity to a pool
    /// @return The max amount of liquidity per tick
    function maxLiquidityPerTick() external view returns (uint128);
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Permissioned pool actions
/// @notice Contains pool methods that may only be called by the factory owner
interface IPancakeV3PoolOwnerActions {
    /// @notice Set the denominator of the protocol's % share of the fees
    /// @param feeProtocol0 new protocol fee for token0 of the pool
    /// @param feeProtocol1 new protocol fee for token1 of the pool
    function setFeeProtocol(uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external;
    /// @notice Collect the protocol fee accrued to the pool
    /// @param recipient The address to which collected protocol fees should be sent
    /// @param amount0Requested The maximum amount of token0 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token1
    /// @param amount1Requested The maximum amount of token1 to send, can be 0 to collect fees in only token0
    /// @return amount0 The protocol fee collected in token0
    /// @return amount1 The protocol fee collected in token1
    function collectProtocol(
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1);
    /// @notice Set the LM pool to enable liquidity mining
    function setLmPool(address lmPool) external;
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity >=0.5.0;
/// @title Pool state that can change
/// @notice These methods compose the pool's state, and can change with any frequency including multiple times
/// per transaction
interface IPancakeV3PoolState {
    /// @notice The 0th storage slot in the pool stores many values, and is exposed as a single method to save gas
    /// when accessed externally.
    /// @return sqrtPriceX96 The current price of the pool as a sqrt(token1/token0) Q64.96 value
    /// tick The current tick of the pool, i.e. according to the last tick transition that was run.
    /// This value may not always be equal to SqrtTickMath.getTickAtSqrtRatio(sqrtPriceX96) if the price is on a tick
    /// boundary.
    /// observationIndex The index of the last oracle observation that was written,
    /// observationCardinality The current maximum number of observations stored in the pool,
    /// observationCardinalityNext The next maximum number of observations, to be updated when the observation.
    /// feeProtocol The protocol fee for both tokens of the pool.
    /// Encoded as two 4 bit values, where the protocol fee of token1 is shifted 4 bits and the protocol fee of token0
    /// is the lower 4 bits. Used as the denominator of a fraction of the swap fee, e.g. 4 means 1/4th of the swap fee.
    /// unlocked Whether the pool is currently locked to reentrancy
    function slot0()
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint160 sqrtPriceX96,
            int24 tick,
            uint16 observationIndex,
            uint16 observationCardinality,
            uint16 observationCardinalityNext,
            uint32 feeProtocol,
            bool unlocked
        );
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token0 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal0X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The fee growth as a Q128.128 fees of token1 collected per unit of liquidity for the entire life of the pool
    /// @dev This value can overflow the uint256
    function feeGrowthGlobal1X128() external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice The amounts of token0 and token1 that are owed to the protocol
    /// @dev Protocol fees will never exceed uint128 max in either token
    function protocolFees() external view returns (uint128 token0, uint128 token1);
    /// @notice The currently in range liquidity available to the pool
    /// @dev This value has no relationship to the total liquidity across all ticks
    function liquidity() external view returns (uint128);
    /// @notice Look up information about a specific tick in the pool
    /// @param tick The tick to look up
    /// @return liquidityGross the total amount of position liquidity that uses the pool either as tick lower or
    /// tick upper,
    /// liquidityNet how much liquidity changes when the pool price crosses the tick,
    /// feeGrowthOutside0X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token0,
    /// feeGrowthOutside1X128 the fee growth on the other side of the tick from the current tick in token1,
    /// tickCumulativeOutside the cumulative tick value on the other side of the tick from the current tick
    /// secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128 the seconds spent per liquidity on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// secondsOutside the seconds spent on the other side of the tick from the current tick,
    /// initialized Set to true if the tick is initialized, i.e. liquidityGross is greater than 0, otherwise equal to false.
    /// Outside values can only be used if the tick is initialized, i.e. if liquidityGross is greater than 0.
    /// In addition, these values are only relative and must be used only in comparison to previous snapshots for
    /// a specific position.
    function ticks(int24 tick)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 liquidityGross,
            int128 liquidityNet,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside0X128,
            uint256 feeGrowthOutside1X128,
            int56 tickCumulativeOutside,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityOutsideX128,
            uint32 secondsOutside,
            bool initialized
        );
    /// @notice Returns 256 packed tick initialized boolean values. See TickBitmap for more information
    function tickBitmap(int16 wordPosition) external view returns (uint256);
    /// @notice Returns the information about a position by the position's key
    /// @param key The position's key is a hash of a preimage composed by the owner, tickLower and tickUpper
    /// @return _liquidity The amount of liquidity in the position,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside0LastX128 fee growth of token0 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns feeGrowthInside1LastX128 fee growth of token1 inside the tick range as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed0 the computed amount of token0 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke,
    /// Returns tokensOwed1 the computed amount of token1 owed to the position as of the last mint/burn/poke
    function positions(bytes32 key)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint128 _liquidity,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside0LastX128,
            uint256 feeGrowthInside1LastX128,
            uint128 tokensOwed0,
            uint128 tokensOwed1
        );
    /// @notice Returns data about a specific observation index
    /// @param index The element of the observations array to fetch
    /// @dev You most likely want to use #observe() instead of this method to get an observation as of some amount of time
    /// ago, rather than at a specific index in the array.
    /// @return blockTimestamp The timestamp of the observation,
    /// Returns tickCumulative the tick multiplied by seconds elapsed for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128 the seconds per in range liquidity for the life of the pool as of the observation timestamp,
    /// Returns initialized whether the observation has been initialized and the values are safe to use
    function observations(uint256 index)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint32 blockTimestamp,
            int56 tickCumulative,
            uint160 secondsPerLiquidityCumulativeX128,
            bool initialized
        );
}
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later
pragma solidity =0.7.6;
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3Factory.sol';
import "./interfaces/IPancakeV3PoolDeployer.sol";
import './interfaces/IPancakeV3Pool.sol';
/// @title Canonical PancakeSwap V3 factory
/// @notice Deploys PancakeSwap V3 pools and manages ownership and control over pool protocol fees
contract PancakeV3Factory is IPancakeV3Factory {
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    address public override owner;
    address public immutable poolDeployer;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    mapping(uint24 => int24) public override feeAmountTickSpacing;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    mapping(address => mapping(address => mapping(uint24 => address))) public override getPool;
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    mapping(uint24 => TickSpacingExtraInfo) public override feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo;
    mapping(address => bool) private _whiteListAddresses;
    address public lmPoolDeployer;
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        require(msg.sender == owner, "Not owner");
        _;
    }
    modifier onlyOwnerOrLmPoolDeployer() {
        require(msg.sender == owner || msg.sender == lmPoolDeployer, "Not owner or LM pool deployer");
        _;
    }
    constructor(address _poolDeployer) {
        poolDeployer = _poolDeployer;
        owner = msg.sender;
        emit OwnerChanged(address(0), msg.sender);
        feeAmountTickSpacing[100] = 1;
        feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[100] = TickSpacingExtraInfo({whitelistRequested: false, enabled: true});
        emit FeeAmountEnabled(100, 1);
        emit FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(100, false, true);
        feeAmountTickSpacing[500] = 10;
        feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[500] = TickSpacingExtraInfo({whitelistRequested: false, enabled: true});
        emit FeeAmountEnabled(500, 10);
        emit FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(500, false, true);
        feeAmountTickSpacing[2500] = 50;
        feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[2500] = TickSpacingExtraInfo({whitelistRequested: false, enabled: true});
        emit FeeAmountEnabled(2500, 50);
        emit FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(2500, false, true);
        feeAmountTickSpacing[10000] = 200;
        feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[10000] = TickSpacingExtraInfo({whitelistRequested: false, enabled: true});
        emit FeeAmountEnabled(10000, 200);
        emit FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(10000, false, true);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    function createPool(
        address tokenA,
        address tokenB,
        uint24 fee
    ) external override returns (address pool) {
        require(tokenA != tokenB);
        (address token0, address token1) = tokenA < tokenB ? (tokenA, tokenB) : (tokenB, tokenA);
        require(token0 != address(0));
        int24 tickSpacing = feeAmountTickSpacing[fee];
        TickSpacingExtraInfo memory info = feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[fee];
        require(tickSpacing != 0 && info.enabled, "fee is not available yet");
        if (info.whitelistRequested) {
            require(_whiteListAddresses[msg.sender], "user should be in the white list for this fee tier");
        }
        require(getPool[token0][token1][fee] == address(0));
        pool = IPancakeV3PoolDeployer(poolDeployer).deploy(address(this), token0, token1, fee, tickSpacing);
        getPool[token0][token1][fee] = pool;
        // populate mapping in the reverse direction, deliberate choice to avoid the cost of comparing addresses
        getPool[token1][token0][fee] = pool;
        emit PoolCreated(token0, token1, fee, tickSpacing, pool);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    function setOwner(address _owner) external override onlyOwner {
        emit OwnerChanged(owner, _owner);
        owner = _owner;
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    function enableFeeAmount(uint24 fee, int24 tickSpacing) public override onlyOwner {
        require(fee < 1000000);
        // tick spacing is capped at 16384 to prevent the situation where tickSpacing is so large that
        // TickBitmap#nextInitializedTickWithinOneWord overflows int24 container from a valid tick
        // 16384 ticks represents a >5x price change with ticks of 1 bips
        require(tickSpacing > 0 && tickSpacing < 16384);
        require(feeAmountTickSpacing[fee] == 0);
        feeAmountTickSpacing[fee] = tickSpacing;
        feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[fee] = TickSpacingExtraInfo({whitelistRequested: false, enabled: true});
        emit FeeAmountEnabled(fee, tickSpacing);
        emit FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(fee, false, true);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    function setWhiteListAddress(address user, bool verified) public override onlyOwner {
        require(_whiteListAddresses[user] != verified, "state not change");
        _whiteListAddresses[user] = verified;
        emit WhiteListAdded(user, verified);
    }
    /// @inheritdoc IPancakeV3Factory
    function setFeeAmountExtraInfo(
        uint24 fee,
        bool whitelistRequested,
        bool enabled
    ) public override onlyOwner {
        require(feeAmountTickSpacing[fee] != 0);
        feeAmountTickSpacingExtraInfo[fee] = TickSpacingExtraInfo({
            whitelistRequested: whitelistRequested,
            enabled: enabled
        });
        emit FeeAmountExtraInfoUpdated(fee, whitelistRequested, enabled);
    }
    function setLmPoolDeployer(address _lmPoolDeployer) external override onlyOwner {
        lmPoolDeployer = _lmPoolDeployer;
        emit SetLmPoolDeployer(_lmPoolDeployer);
    }
    function setFeeProtocol(address pool, uint32 feeProtocol0, uint32 feeProtocol1) external override onlyOwner {
        IPancakeV3Pool(pool).setFeeProtocol(feeProtocol0, feeProtocol1);
    }
    function collectProtocol(
        address pool,
        address recipient,
        uint128 amount0Requested,
        uint128 amount1Requested
    ) external override onlyOwner returns (uint128 amount0, uint128 amount1) {
        return IPancakeV3Pool(pool).collectProtocol(recipient, amount0Requested, amount1Requested);
    }
    function setLmPool(address pool, address lmPool) external override onlyOwnerOrLmPoolDeployer {
        IPancakeV3Pool(pool).setLmPool(lmPool);
    }
}